Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Copyright © 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/424/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING7B_PG09.
Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,
Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).
PT Intan Pariwara
Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,

Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.
Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi

Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.
Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,
tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.
Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta
didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang
untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.
Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta
didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan
menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.
Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis
dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak
demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar
tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik
untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada
yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.
Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas
terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?
Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan
pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas
pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta
didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan
kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau
mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai
fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.
Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai
sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun
pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.
Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.
Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga
memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu
materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus
belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.
Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan
yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang
lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal
tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.
Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan
perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan
posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.
Klaten, November 2009
Penyusun
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 iii

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk
Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam

Alokasi
Komponen Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun
Waktu
Ajaran (jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya dan
Keterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga,
dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51
B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 2
Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam

Alokasi Minggu Efektif
Mata Pelajaran Per Semester Per Semester Per Semester
Waktu Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5
iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006
tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas VII, Semester 2
Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar
Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam per- 7.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
cakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta
terdekat 7.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta
dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan
merespon secara interpersonal
8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan 8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
fungsional dan monolog pendek secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
sangat sederhana yang berbentuk 8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat,
descriptive dan procedure untuk lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
terdekat
Berbicara
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
interpersonal sangat sederhana lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi
terdekat barang, dan meminta dan memberi fakta
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan
tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, merespon secara interpersonal
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat
lisan fungsional dan monolog sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan
pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
descriptive dan procedure untuk 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana dengan
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
terdekat dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
Membaca
11. Memahami makna teks tulis 11.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
fungsional dan esei pendek sangat secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat
sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan 11.2 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar dan berterima dalam
procedure yang berkaitan dengan esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks
lingkungan terdekat berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana
berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima
Menulis
12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan
tulis fungsional dan esei pendek menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk
sangat sederhana berbentuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
descriptive dan procedure untuk 12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
terdekat dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 v

SILABUS 1– 28
– Unit 1 Descriptives
– Unit 2 Descriptives
– Unit 3 Procedures
UNIT 1 Descriptives 29– 74

– Expressing Likes and Dislikes
– Asking for and Giving Opinions
– Genre: Descriptive
– Prepositions
– Telling Time
– Announcements and Greeting Cards
UNIT 2 Descriptives 75–118

– Asking for and Giving Things
– Genre: Descriptive
– The Simple Present Tense
– Announcements and Notices
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 119–130
UNIT 3 Procedures 131–198

– Asking for and Giving Facts
– Asking for and Giving Services
– Asking for Clarification
– Responding Interpersonally
– Genre: Procedure
– Adverbs
– Warnings and Tips
Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas 199–209
Daftar Pustaka 210
vi Kegiatan
Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
SILABUS
Unit 1 Descriptives
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : VII/2
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 1
Genre : Descriptive
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
7.2 Merespons • Percakapan 1. Memahami • Mampu bereaksi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dalam transaksional dan percakapan dan atau merespons objektif following dialog. Bahasa
percakapan interpersonal yang berbagai ungkapan dengan benar Inggris SMP/
transaksional memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi terhadap tindak MTs VIIB
(to get things meminta dan pendapat serta tutur: meminta dan Intan
done) dan memberi pendapat menyatakan suka dan memberi pendapat Pariwara
interpersonal serta menyatakan tidak suka. serta menyatakan hal. 2–5.
(bersosialisasi) suka dan tidak suka dan tidak • Kamus
sangat suka. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan suka. • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris–
sederhana apersepsi yang singkat following Indonesia
secara akurat, berkaitan dengan questions. dan
lancar, dan ungkapan yang Indonesia–
berterima dibahas. Inggris.
untuk • Buku-buku
berinteraksi 3. Menyimak kalimat- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your lain yang
dengan kalimat yang teacher. Write relevan.
lingkungan dibacakan guru, lalu down his/her
terdekat yang menulis kalimat- sentences.
melibatkan kalimat tersebut.
tindak tutur:
meminta dan 4. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your
memberi percakapan teacher. Complete
pendapat, berdasarkan the following dialog
menyatakan percakapan yang based on what you
suka dan tidak dibacakan guru. have heard.
suka, meminta
klarifikasi, dan 5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the
merespons berdasarkan singkat following
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

secara percakapan pada questions based
interpersonal. kegiatan sebelumnya. on the dialog in
1
Task B.
2
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
6. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your

pernyataan benar atau benar/salah teacher. Are the
salah berdasarkan following
percakapan yang statements true (T)
dibacakan guru. or false (F) based
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

on what you have
heard? Correct the
false ones.
7. Mencari arti dari kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the meanings
kata yang tersedia. of the following
words. You will
hear them in the
dialogs in Task F.
8. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your

tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
percakapan yang A, B, C or D for
dibacakan guru. the correct
answer.

8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Penilaian
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
8.1 Merespons • Teks fungsional 1. Menyimak contoh • Mampu memahami • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang pendek lisan: pengumuman lisan makna yang objektif following text. Bahasa
terdapat dalam announcements. beserta penjelasannya. terdapat dalam teks Inggris SMP/
teks lisan lisan fungsional MTs VIIB
fungsional 2. Menjawab pertanyaan pendek sederhana • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Intan
pendek sangat apersepsi yang berbentuk singkat following Pariwara
sederhana berkaitan dengan pengumuman questions. hal. 17–18.
secara akurat, pengumuman. secara akurat, • Kamus
lancar, dan lancar, dan Inggris–
berterima 3. Mencari arti kata-kata berterima untuk • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the Indonesia dan
untuk yang tersedia. berinteraksi dalam following words. Indonesia–
konteks kehidupan Find out their Inggris.
sehari-hari. meanings.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
berinteraksi 4. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your • Buku-buku

dengan pengumuman teacher. Complete lain yang
lingkungan berdasarkan the following text relevan.
terdekat. pengumuman yang based on what
dibacakan guru. you have heard.
5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the

berdasarkan singkat questions based
pengumuman yang on the
disimak pada kegiatan announcement in
sebelumnya. Task B.
8.2 Merespons • Monolog 6. Memahami contoh • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang descriptive. monolog descriptive makna yang objektif following Bahasa
terdapat dalam dan penjelasannya. terdapat dalam monolog. Inggris SMP/
monolog sangat • Kosakata yang monolog pendek MTs VIIB
sederhana terkait topik yang 7. Menjawab pertanyaan sederhana secara • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Intan
secara akurat, dipilih. apersepsi yang akurat, lancar, dan singkat following Pariwara
lancar, dan berkaitan dengan teks berterima dalam questions. hal. 7, 11–12.
berterima untuk descriptive tentang teks descriptive. • Kamus
berinteraksi rumah dan keluarga. Inggris–
dengan Indonesia
lingkungan 8. Mencari arti kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the dan
terdekat dalam yang tersedia. following words. Indonesia–
teks berbentuk Find out their Inggris.
descriptive meanings. • Buku-buku
dan procedure. lain yang
9. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your relevan.
descriptive lisan teacher. Complete
berdasarkan monolog the following text
yang dibacakan guru. based on what
you have heard.
10. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the

berdasarkan teks singkat following
pada kegiatan questions based
sebelumnya. on the text in
Task B.
11. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your

tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose

monolog yang A, B, C or D for
dibacakan guru. the correct
answer.
3
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
4
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
9.2 Meng- • Percakapan 1. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mampu melakukan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the dialog. 4 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan transaksional dan berdasarkan berbagai tindak singkat Answer the Bahasa

makna dalam interpersonal yang percakapan yang tutur dalam wacana questions that Inggris SMP/
percakapan melibatkan tindak tersedia. lisan transaksional/ follow. MTs VIIB
transaksional tutur meminta dan interpersonal Intan
(to get things memberi 2. Melengkapi seperti: meminta • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the Pariwara
done) dan pendapat serta percakapan dengan dan memberi following dialog hal. 5–7.
interpersonal menyatakan suka ungkapan-ungkapan pendapat serta with the correct • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) atau tidak suka. dalam kotak yang menyatakan suka expressions from Inggris–
sangat sesuai. atau tidak suka. the box. Indonesia dan
sederhana Indonesia–
dengan 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mampu • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris.
menggunakan berdasarkan mengembangkan singkat following questions • Buku-buku
ragam bahasa percakapan pada wacana based on the lain yang
lisan secara kegiatan sebelumnya. transaksional/ dialog in Task B. relevan.
akurat, lancar, interpersonal
dan berterima 4. Bertanya jawab pendek menjadi • Tes lisan • Tanya • In turns, ask
untuk tentang hal-hal yang sebuah obrolan jawab whether your
berinteraksi disukai dan yang tidak atau interaksional friend likes or
dengan disukai teman, lalu yang lebih panjang. dislikes the
lingkungan menulis hasil tanya activities in the
terdekat yang jawab tersebut ke table. Put a tick (✔)
melibatkan dalam kolom yang in the right column.
tindak tutur: sesuai. See the example.
meminta dan
memberi 5. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following
pendapat, kalimat acak menjadi kalimat sentences in the
menyatakan percakapan yang baik. acak correct order to
suka dan tidak 6. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja get a good dialog.
suka, meminta percakapan yang kerja
klarifikasi, dan sudah urut.
merespons
secara 7. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
interpersonal. soal dengan kata yang following statements
tepat berdasarkan with the proper
percakapan pada words based on the
kegiatan sebelumnya. dialog in Task E.
8. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs

berdasarkan situasi kerja based on the
yang tersedia, lalu following
memperagakan situations.
percakapan yang telah
dibuat.
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
10.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Membuat • Mampu melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make an 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pengumuman lisan monolog dalam kerja announcement Bahasa
makna yang pendek: berdasarkan kata-kata bentuk based on the Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam pengumuman. kunci yang tersedia. pengumuman following cue MTs VIIB
teks lisan dengan lancar dan words. Intan
fungsional berterima. Pariwara
pendek sangat 2. Membuat • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make hal. 18–19.
sederhana pengumuman lisan kerja announcements • Kamus
secara akurat, berdasarkan situasi based on the Inggris–
lancar, dan yang tersedia, lalu following Indonesia dan
berterima membaca nyaring situations. Indonesia–
untuk pengumuman yang Inggris.
berinteraksi telah dibuat. • Buku-buku
dengan lain yang
lingkungan relevan.
terdekat.
10.2 Meng- • Monolog 3. Menceritakan kembali • Mampu melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan descriptive. teks descriptive monolog dalam teks kerja following text. Bahasa
makna dalam dengan kata-kata berbentuk Retell it using Inggris SMP/
monolog • Kosakata yang sendiri. descriptive dengan your own words. MTs VIIB
pendek sangat terkait topik yang ragam bahasa lisan Intan
sederhana dipilih. 4. Melakukan monolog secara lancar dan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Look at the Pariwara
secara akurat, descriptive berterima. kerja picture. Describe hal. 12.
lancar, dan berdasarkan gambar it briefly. • Kamus
berterima yang tersedia. Inggris–
untuk Indonesia dan
berinteraksi 5. Bermonolog tentang • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Describe your Indonesia–
dengan rumah atau salah satu kerja house or one of Inggris.
lingkungan ruangan yang ada di the rooms in your • Buku-buku
terdekat dalam rumah. house orally. lain yang
teks berbentuk relevan.
descriptive
dan procedure.

5
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
6
11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan
lingkungan terdekat.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

11.1 Merespons • Teks fungsional 1. Memahami contoh • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 1 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang pendek tulis: kartu kartu ucapan dan makna yang objektif following text. Bahasa
terdapat dalam ucapan (greeting penjelasannya. terdapat dalam teks Inggris SMP/
teks tulis cards). fungsional pendek MTs VIIB
fungsional 2. Menyebutkan isi teks berbentuk kartu • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the Intan
pendek sangat (kartu ucapan) yang ucapan dengan singkat following text. Pariwara
sederhana tersedia. benar. What is it about? hal. 19–20.
secara akurat, • Kamus
lancar, dan 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris–
berterima yang berdasarkan kartu singkat following Indonesia dan
berkaitan ucapan pada kegiatan questions based Indonesia–
dengan sebelumnya. on the text in Inggris.
lingkungan Task A. • Buku-buku
terdekat. lain yang
4. Menjodohkan situasi- • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the relevan.
situasi dengan kartu kan following
ucapan yang sesuai. situations with the
suitable greeting
cards.
11.2 Merespons • Teks descriptive. 5. Memahami contoh • Mampu membaca • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan teks descriptive tulis nyaring secara objektif following text. Bahasa
langkah • Kata depan dan penjelasannya. bermakna wacana Inggris SMP/
retorika secara (preposition). pendek sederhana. MTs VIIB
akurat, lancar, 6. Memahami contoh • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Intan
dan berterima • Ungkapan untuk dan penjelasan • Mampu objektif following dialog. Pariwara
dalam esei menanyakan atau tentang preposition mengidentifikasi hal. 8–11,
sangat menyatakan dan time. makna gagasan 13–16.
sederhana waktu. (ideasional) dan • Kamus
yang berkaitan 7. Menyusun paragraf informasi faktual • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following Inggris–
dengan • Kosakata yang acak menjadi teks dalam teks, main paragraf paragraphs in the Indonesia dan
lingkungan terkait topik yang yang baik. ideas, supporting acak correct order to Indonesia–
terdekat dalam dipilih. ideas, details. get a good text. Inggris.
teks berbentuk • Buku-buku
descriptive 8. Menentukan • Mampu • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the statements lain yang
dan procedure. pernyataan benar atau mengidentifikasi benar/salah below true (T) or relevan.
salah berdasarkan langkah-langkah false (F) based on
teks pada kegiatan retorika dalam the text in Task A?
sebelumnya. wacana descriptive. Correct the false
ones.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
11.3 Membaca 9. Melengkapi family tree • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
nyaring berdasarkan teks following family
bermakna teks pada kegiatan tree based on the
fungsional dan sebelumnya. text in Task A.
esei pendek
dan sangat 10. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text.
sederhana berdasarkan teks yang singkat Answer the
berbentuk tersedia. questions that
descriptive follow.
dan procedure
dengan 11. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or
ucapan, tepat berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
tekanan, dan teks yang tersedia. answer.
intonasi yang
berterima. 12. Mengartikan kata-kata • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Read the
yang tersedia, lalu following words
menentukan tempat di and find their
mana benda tersebut meanings. Put a
biasa terletak. tick (✔) in the
columns where
you usually find
such things.
13. Menulis kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write sentences

menggunakan about the
preposition following pictures
berdasarkan using proper
gambar-gambar prepositions. See
yang tersedia. the example.
14. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Look at the

dengan waktu yang following time
tepat sesuai dengan schedule.
jadwal yang tersedia. Complete the text
based on the time
schedule.

7
8
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis
12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.1 Meng- • Teks fungsional 1. Membuat kartu • Mampu menulis • Tes tulis • Esai • Write greeting 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan pendek tulis: kartu ucapan berdasarkan berbagai teks untuk cards based on Bahasa
makna dalam ucapan (greeting situasi yang tersedia. komunikasi sehari- the following Inggris SMP/
teks tulis cards). hari seperti kartu situations. MTs VIIB
fungsional ucapan dengan Intan
pendek sangat 2. Menulis kartu ucapan benar dan • Tes tulis • Esai • Write a greeting Pariwara
sederhana dengan topik bebas. berterima. card. You’re free hal. 20.
dengan to choose your • Kamus
menggunakan own topic. Inggris–
ragam bahasa Indonesia dan
tulis secara Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku
untuk lain yang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
12.2 Meng- • Teks descriptive. 3. Mengamati posisi lima • Mampu menulis • Tes tulis • Uraian • Notice five things 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan benda di dalam kelas, berbagai teks in your classroom. Bahasa
makna dan lalu menulis kalimat terutama yang Write the positions Inggris SMP/
langkah retorika tentang hal tersebut. berbentuk of the things using MTs VIIB
dalam esei descriptive dengan prepositions. Intan
pendek sangat langkah retorika Pariwara
sederhana 4. Menulis lima kalimat dan struktur teks • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write five hal. 16–17.
dengan tentang waktu siswa yang benar dan sentences telling • Kamus
menggunakan melakukan kegiatan berterima. the time you do Inggris–
ragam bahasa sehari-hari. your daily activities. Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, 5 Memahami teks, lalu • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the Inggris.
dan berterima membuat family tree following text. • Buku-buku
untuk berdasarkan teks Make a family tree lain yang
berinteraksi tersebut. based on the text. relevan.
dengan
lingkungan 6. Menulis teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Ask your close
terdekat dalam descriptive tentang friend about his/
teks berbentuk keluarga teman dekat her family. Write
descriptive dan berdasarkan tanya a descriptive about
procedure. jawab yang dilakukan. his/her family.
SILABUS
Unit 2 Descriptives
Unit : 2
Genre : Descriptive
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
7.1 Merespons • Percakapan 1. Membaca dan • Mampu bereaksi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dalam transaksional dan memahami atau merespons objektif following dialogs. Bahasa
percakapan interpersonal yang percakapan dalam dengan benar Inggris SMP/
transaksional memuat ungkapan gambar serta berbagai terhadap tindak MTs VIIB
(to get things untuk meminta ungkapan meminta tutur: meminta dan Intan
done) dan dan memberi dan memberi barang. memberi barang. Pariwara
interpersonal barang. hal. 26–29.
(bersosialisasi) 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
sangat apersepsi yang singkat following Inggris–
sederhana berkaitan dengan questions. Indonesia
secara akurat, materi pada unit dan
lancar, dan sebelumnya. Indonesia–
berterima Inggris.
untuk 3. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your • Buku-buku
berinteraksi percakapan teacher. lain yang
dengan berdasarkan Complete the relevan.
lingkungan percakapan yang following dialogs
terdekat yang dibacakan guru. based on what
melibatkan you have heard.
tindak tutur:
meminta dan 4. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following
memberi jasa, pernyataan yang benar/salah statements true
meminta dan tersedia benar atau (T) or false (F)
memberi salah berdasarkan based on the
barang, serta percakapan pada dialogs in
meminta dan kegiatan sebelumnya, Task A? Correct
memberi fakta. lalu membetulkan the false ones.
pernyataan yang

salah.
9
10
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
5. Menyimak percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Listen to your

yang dibacakan guru, kerja teacher. Repeat
lalu menirukannya. after him/her.
6. Menentukan topik • Tes lisan • Uraian What is each

setiap percakapan. dialog about?
7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the

berdasarkan singkat questions based
percakapan pada on the dialogs in
kegiatan sebelumnya. Task C.
8. Mengingat kembali • Tes lisan • Uraian • Recall the names

nama-nama bagian of these parts of
wajah yang telah the body you
dipelajari pada learned last
semester sebelumnya, semester. Mention
kemudian the names.
menyebutkan nama
bagian-bagian wajah
itu.
9. Mencari arti kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • The words below

yang tersedia. can be used to
describe parts of
the body. Find
their meanings in
the dictionary.
10. Menjodohkan • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the

deskripsi dengan kan following
gambar yang tersedia. descriptions
below with the
correct
descriptions.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
8.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Menyimak dan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional mempelajari contoh makna yang objektif following text. Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: serta penjelasan terdapat dalam teks Inggris SMP/
teks lisan pengumuman tentang pengumuman lisan fungsional MTs VIIB
fungsional (announcement). lisan. pendek sederhana Intan
pendek sangat berbentuk Pariwara
sederhana 2. Menjawab pertanyaan pengumuman • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the hal. 39, 40.
secara akurat, apersepsi mengenai secara akurat, singkat following • Kamus
lancar, dan pengumuman yang lancar, dan questions. Inggris–
berterima biasa didengar berterima untuk Indonesia dan
untuk di sekolah. berinteraksi dalam Indonesia–
berinteraksi konteks kehidupan Inggris.
dengan 3. Menyimak sehari-hari. • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your • Buku-buku
lingkungan pengumuman yang singkat teacher. Answer lain yang
terdekat. dibacakan guru. the questions relevan.
4. Menjawab pertanyaan below.
berdasarkan
pengumuman
tersebut.
5. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your

pengumuman sesuai teacher. Complete
dengan yang didengar. the following
announcement
below based on
what you have
heard.
6. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

pernyataan yang benar/salah statements true
tersedia benar atau (T) or false based
salah berdasarkan on the
pengumuman pada announcement
kegiatan sebelumnya. in Task B? Correct
7. Membetulkan the false ones.
pernyataan yang
salah.

11
12
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
8.2 Merespons • Monolog 8. Membaca dan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang descriptive. mempelajari contoh makna yang objektif following Bahasa
terdapat dalam monolog penjelasan terdapat dalam monolog. Inggris SMP/
monolog • Kosakata yang descriptive. monolog pendek MTs VIIB

sangat terkait dengan sederhana secara Intan
sederhana tema yang dipilih. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan akurat, lancar, dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
secara akurat, yang berkaitan berterima dalam singkat following hal. 32–33,
lancar, dan dengan materi pada teks descriptive. questions. 35–36.
berterima untuk unit sebelumnya. • Kamus
berinteraksi Inggris–
dengan 10. Menyimak monolog • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your Indonesia
lingkungan yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher. Answer dan
terdekat dalam lalu menjawab the questions Indonesia–
teks berbentuk pertanyaan based on the text Inggris.
descriptive berdasarkan monolog you have heard. • Buku-buku
dan procedure. tersebut. lain yang
relevan.
11. Menyimak monolog • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your
yang dibacakan guru, teacher. Complete
lalu melengkapi teks the text based on
berdasarkan monolog what you have
tersebut. heard.
12. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

pernyataan yang benar/salah statements true
tersedia benar atau (T) or false (F)
salah berdasarkan based on the
percakapan pada complete text in
kegiatan sebelumnya. Task B? Correct
13. Membetulkan the false ones.
pernyataan yang
salah.
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
9.1 Meng- • Percakapan 1. Melengkapi • Mampu melakukan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan transaksional dan percakapan dengan berbagai tindak following dialogs Bahasa
makna dalam interpersonal kata-kata yang tepat tutur dalam wacana with the suitable Inggris SMP/
percakapan yang melibatkan dari dalam kotak. lisan transaksional/ expressions from MTs VIIB
transaksional tindak tutur 2. Memperagakan interpersonal • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja the boxes. Intan
(to get things meminta dan percakapan dengan seperti: meminta kerja Pariwara
done) dan memberi barang. lafal dan intonasi yang dan memberi hal. 29–32.
interpersonal tepat. barang. • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) Inggris–
sangat 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mampu • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia dan
sederhana berdasarkan mengembangkan singkat questions based Indonesia–
dengan percakapan pada wacana on the dialogs in Inggris.
menggunakan kegiatan sebelumnya. transaksional/ Task A. • Buku-buku
ragam bahasa interpersonal lain yang
lisan secara 4 Menyusun kalimat pendek menjadi • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following relevan.
akurat, lancar, acak menjadi sebuah obrolan kalimat sentences in the
dan berterima percakapan yang baik. atau interaksional acak correct order
untuk 5. Memperagakan yang lebih panjang. • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja to get good
berinteraksi percakapan yang kerja dialogs.
dengan sudah urut tersebut.
lingkungan
terdekat yang 6. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following
melibatkan pernyataan yang benar/salah statements true
tindak tutur: tersedia benar atau (T) or false based
meminta dan salah berdasarkan on the dialogs in
memberi jasa, percakapan pada Task C? Correct
meminta dan kegiatan sebelumnya, the false ones.
memberi lalu membetulkan
barang, serta pernyataan yang
meminta dan salah.
memberi fakta.
7. Menyimak percakapan • Tes lisan • Menirukan • Read the dialogs
yang dibacakan guru, and repeat after
lalu menirukan. your teacher.
8. Mempelajari
percakapan-
percakapan yang

tersedia.
13
14
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
9. Secara berpasangan, • Tes tulis • Isian • Work in pairs.

melengkapi Complete the
percakapan yang following dialogs
tersedia berdasarkan below based on
gambar dan the pictures. Use

menggunakan kata- the words given.
kata kunci.
10. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja
percakapan yang telah kerja
lengkap.
11. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs

berdasarkan gambar- kerja using the following
gambar yang tersedia. pictures. Use
12. Memperagakan expressions of
percakapan yang telah asking for and
dibuat. giving something.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
10.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Melengkapi • Mampu • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pengumuman mengungkapkan following Bahasa
makna yang pendek: menggunakan kata- makna gagasan announcement Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam pengumuman. kata yang tersedia dalam teks lisan with the suitable MTs VIIB
teks lisan dalam kotak. fungsional pendek words or phrases Intan
fungsional berbentuk from the box. Pariwara
pendek sangat pengumuman hal. 41.
sederhana 2. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan lancar dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
dengan berdasarkan berterima. singkat following questions Inggris–
menggunakan pengumuman pada based on the Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa kegiatan sebelumnya. announcement in Indonesia–
lisan secara Task A. Inggris.
akurat, lancar, • Buku-buku
dan berterima 3. Membuat • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Suppose you were lain yang
untuk pengumuman kerja in charge of a book relevan.
berinteraksi berdasarkan situasi fair. Make an
dengan yang tersedia. announcement that
lingkungan 4. Membaca nyaring there would be a
terdekat. pengumuman talk show in the fair.
tersebut.
10.2 Meng- • Monolog 5. Melihat gambar dan • Mampu melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Look at the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan descriptive. membaca data-data monolog dalam teks kerja pictures and read Bahasa
makna dalam yang tersedia, dan berbentuk the data. Describe Inggris SMP/
monolog • Kosakata yang menambah informasi descriptive dengan the people based MTs VIIB
pendek sangat terkait topik yang yang dirasa perlu. ragam bahasa lisan on the data. You Intan
sederhana dipilih. 6. Mendeskripsikan secara lancar dan may add other Pariwara
dengan secara lisan orang- berterima. information you hal. 36–37.
menggunakan orang dalam gambar know about the • Kamus
ragam bahasa berdasar data dan people. Inggris–
lisan secara gambar tersebut. Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, Indonesia–
dan berterima 7. Membuat catatan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Find out one of Inggris.
untuk mengenai data kerja your relative’s or • Buku-buku
berinteraksi seseorang dan yang neighbors’ jobs. lain yang
dengan dilakukan orang Tell your friends relevan.
lingkungan tersebut dalam about what he/
terdekat dalam pekerjaannya. she does in his/
teks berbentuk 8. Mendeskripsikan her job.

descriptive orang tersebut
dan procedure. berdasarkan data yang
15
diperoleh secara lisan.
16
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

11.1 Merespons • Teks tulis 1. Membaca dan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional mempelajari notices makna yang objektif following texts. Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: notice. yang tersedia. terdapat dalam teks Inggris SMP/
teks tulis fungsional pendek MTs VIIB
fungsional 2. Melengkapi notices berbentuk notices • Tes tulis • Isian • Look at the Intan
pendek sangat menggunakan kata- dengan benar. following notices. Pariwara
sederhana kata yang tersedia. Complete them hal. 39,
secara akurat, with the correct 41–42.
lancar, dan words from the box. • Kamus
berterima yang Inggris–
berkaitan Indonesia dan
dengan 3. Membaca kembali • Tes lisan • Jawaban • What should/ Indonesia–
lingkungan notices pada kegiatan singkat should not we do Inggris.
terdekat. sebelumnya dan according to each • Buku-buku
menyebutkan hal-hal notice in Task A? lain yang
yang sebaiknya relevan.
dilakukan/tidak
dilakukan berdasarkan
notices tersebut.
4. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or

tepat berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
notices yang tersedia. answer.
11.2 Merespons • Teks descriptive. 5. Membaca dan • Mampu • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan mempelajari teks mengidentifikasi objektif following text. Bahasa
langkah • The simple dekriptif yang tersedia. makna gagasan Inggris SMP/
retorika secara present tense. (ideasional) dan MTs VIIB
akurat, lancar, 6. Membaca dan informasi faktual • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Intan
dan berterima memahami penjelasan dalam teks, main objektif following Pariwara
dalam esei dan contoh kalimat ideas, supporting sentences. hal. 33–35,
sangat the simple present ideas, details. 37–38.
sederhana tense. • Kamus
yang berkaitan • Mampu membaca Inggris–
dengan 7. Membaca teks yang nyaring secara • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text. Indonesia dan
lingkungan tersedia, lalu bermakna wacana singkat Answer the Indonesia–
terdekat dalam menjawab pertanyaan pendek sederhana. questions that Inggris.
teks berbentuk berdasarkan teks follow. • Buku-buku
descriptive tersebut. lain yang
dan procedure. relevan.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
11.3 Membaca 8. Mengubah kata-kata • Tes tulis • Isian • Change the words
nyaring dalam kurung menjadi in brackets into
bermakna teks bentuk yang tepat their correct
fungsional dan untuk melengkapi teks. forms.
esei pendek 9. Membaca nyaring teks • Tes unjuk • Membaca
dan sangat yang telah lengkap. kerja nyaring
sederhana
berbentuk 10. Melihat gambar dan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Look at the picture
descriptive membaca teks yang benar/salah and read the text.
dan procedure tersedia. Are the following
dengan 11. Menentukan apakah statements true
ucapan, pernyataan yang (T) or false (F)
tekanan, dan tersedia benar atau based on the text?
intonasi yang salah berdasarkan Correct the false
berterima. teks tersebut. ones.
12. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.

17
18
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.1 Meng- • Teks fungsional 1. Menulis notices • Mampu menulis • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write notices 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan pendek tulis: berdasarkan situasi berbagai teks untuk based on the Bahasa
makna dalam notice. yang tersedia. komunikasi sehari- following Inggris SMP/
teks tulis hari seperti notice situations. MTs VIIB
fungsional dengan benar dan Intan
pendek sangat 2. Menulis notices yang berterima. • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write down Pariwara
sederhana biasa ditemui siswa di notices you can hal. 42.
dengan tempat-tempat find in the • Kamus
menggunakan tertentu. following places. Inggris–
ragam bahasa Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku
untuk lain yang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
12.2 Meng- • Teks descriptive. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mampu menulis • Tes tulis • Uraian • Look at the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan berdasarkan gambar berbagai teks picture. Answer Bahasa
makna dan yang tersedia. terutama yang the following Inggris SMP/
langkah berbentuk questions based MTs VIIB
retorika dalam descriptive dengan on the picture. Intan
esei pendek langkah retorika Pariwara
sangat 4. Menulis teks dan struktur teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Write the hal. 38–39.
sederhana descriptive yang benar dan description of the • Kamus
dengan berdasarkan jawaban berterima. person in Task A Inggris–
menggunakan pertanyaan- based on your Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa pertanyaan pada answers. You may Indonesia–
tulis secara kegiatan sebelumnya. add additional Inggris.
akurat, lancar, information you • Buku-buku
dan berterima like. lain yang
untuk relevan.
berinteraksi 5. Menulis teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Write
dengan descriptive mengenai a descriptive
lingkungan salah seorang staf about one of the
terdekat dalam sekolah. school staff
teks berbentuk members.
descriptive
dan procedure.
SILABUS
Unit 3 Procedures
Unit : 3
Genre : Procedure
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
7.1 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Membaca percakapan • Mampu bereaksi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dalam percakapan dan memahami atau merespons objektif following dialog. Bahasa
percakapan transaksional dan penjelasan tentang dengan benar Inggris SMP/
transaksional interpersonal yang ungkapan-ungkapan terhadap tindak MTs VIIB
(to get things memuat yang dipelajari dalam tutur: Intan
done) dan ungkapan- unit ini. – meminta dan Pariwara
interpersonal ungkapan: memberi fakta, hal. 53–60.
(bersosialisasi) – meminta dan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan- – meminta dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
sangat memberi fakta, pertanyaan apersepsi memberi jasa, singkat following Inggris–
sederhana – meminta dan tentang materi pada – meminta questions. Indonesia
secara akurat, memberi jasa, unit sebelumnya. klarifikasi, dan dan
lancar, dan – meminta – merespons Indonesia–
berterima klarifikasi, dan 3. Menyimak guru secara • Tes lisan • Unjuk kerja • Listen and repeat Inggris.
untuk – merespons membaca percakapan- interpersonal. after your • Buku-buku
berinteraksi secara percakapan yang teacher. lain yang
dengan interpersonal. tersedia, lalu relevan.
lingkungan menirukannya.
terdekat yang
melibatkan 4. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your
tindak tutur: percakapan soal teacher.
meminta dan berdasarkan Complete the
memberi jasa, percakapan yang dialogs based on
meminta dan dibacakan guru. what you have
memberi heard.
barang, serta
meminta dan 5. Mencari arti kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the
memberi yang tersedia. meanings of the
fakta. following words.

19
20
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
7.2 Merespons 6. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

makna yang pernyataan soal benar benar/salah statements true
terdapat dalam atau salah (T) or false (F)
percakapan berdasarkan based on the
Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

transaksional percakapan pada complete dialogs
(to get things kegiatan sebelumnya. in Task B? Correct
done) dan 7. Membetulkan the false ones.
interpersonal pernyataan yang
(bersosialisasi) salah.
sangat
sederhana 8. Membaca dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the following
secara akurat, memahami singkat dialogs. Your
lancar, dan percakapan yang ada. teacher will ask
berterima untuk 9. Menjawab pertanyaan you some
berinteraksi yang dibacakan guru questions based
dengan berdasarkan on the dialogs.
lingkungan percakapan tersebut. Listen to him/her
terdekat yang carefully and
melibatkan answer the
tindak tutur: questions.
meminta dan
memberi 10. Menuliskan ungkapan- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your
pendapat, ungkapan yang teacher. Write
menyatakan dibacakan guru. down the
suka dan tidak 11. Bercakap-cakap • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja expressions you
suka, meminta dengan teman kerja have heard on
klarifikasi, dan menggunakan a sheet of paper.
merespons ungkapan tersebut. In turns, use the
secara expressions in
interpersonal. short
conversations with
your friend.
12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to the

benar berdasarkan ganda dialogs. Choose
percakapan yang A, B, C or D for
diperdengarkan. the correct
answer.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
8.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Menyimak guru • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to your 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional membacakan makna gagasan objektif teacher and Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: peringatan (warning) yang terdapat understand the Inggris SMP/
teks lisan peringatan dan memahami dalam teks lisan explanation. MTs VIIB
fungsional (warning). penjelasan yang fungsional pendek Intan
pendek sangat tersedia. sederhana Pariwara
sederhana berbentuk hal. 76–77.
secara akurat, 2. Menjawab pertanyaan peringatan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
lancar, dan apersepsi berdasarkan (warning) secara singkat following Inggris–
berterima pengalaman siswa. akurat, lancar, dan questions. Indonesia dan
untuk berterima untuk Indonesia–
berinteraksi 3. Menjelaskan arti kata- berinteraksi dalam • Tes tulis • Uraian • You will hear the Inggris.
dengan kata yang tersedia. konteks kehidupan following words in • Buku-buku
lingkungan sehari-hari. the text in Task B. lain yang
terdekat. Find their relevan.
meanings.
4. Melengkapi teks yang • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your

ada berdasarkan teks teacher. Complete
lengkap yang the following text
dibacakan guru. based on what
you have heard.
5. Menjawab pernyataan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the

berdasarkan teks yang singkat following
telah diperdengarkan questions based
pada kegiatan on the text you
sebelumnya. have heard.
6. Menyimak teks • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your

peringatan yang ganda teacher. Then,
dibacakan guru. complete the
7. Memilih jawaban yang statements based
benar berdasarkan on what you have
teks tersebut. heard.

21
22
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
8.2 Merespons • Monolog 8. Menyimak guru • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang procedure. membacakan makna gagasan objektif following Bahasa
terdapat dalam monolog procedure yang terdapat monolog. Inggris SMP/
monolog • Kosakata yang dan memahami dalam monolog MTs VIIB

sangat terkait topik yang keterangan yang pendek sederhana Intan
sederhana dipilih. tersedia. secara akurat, Pariwara
secara akurat, lancar, dan hal. 66, 69–
lancar, dan 9. Mengingat materi berterima dalam • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the 71.
berterima untuk pada unit sebelumnya teks procedure. singkat following • Kamus
berinteraksi dan menjawab questions. Inggris–
dengan pertanyaan yang Indonesia
lingkungan tersedia. dan
terdekat dalam Indonesia–
teks berbentuk 10. Menjelaskan arti kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian • You will hear the Inggris.
descriptive dan kata yang tersedia. following words in • Buku-buku
procedure. the monolog in lain yang
Task B. Find the relevan.
meanings of the
words.
11. Menyimak teks yang • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your

dibacakan guru, lalu benar/salah teacher. Are the
menentukan following
pernyataan yang statements true
tersedia benar atau (T) or false (F)
salah berdasarkan based on what
teks tersebut. you have heard?
Correct the false
ones.
12. Melengkapi teks yang • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your

tersedia berdasarkan teacher. Complete
teks utuh yang the text based on
dibacakan guru. what you have
heard.

benar berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
percakapan yang answer based on
diperdengarkan. the text in Task C.
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
9.1 Meng- • Percakapan- 1. Menyimak guru • Mampu melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Listen and repeat 3 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan percakapan membaca percakapan dengan kerja after your Bahasa
makna dalam transaksional dan percakapan- benar teacher. Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal percakapan yang menggunakan MTs VIIB
transaksional yang memuat tersedia, lalu tindak tutur: Intan
(to get things ungkapan- menirukannya. – meminta dan Pariwara
done) dan ungkapan: memberi fakta, hal. 60–65.
interpersonal – meminta dan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan- – meminta dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) memberi fakta, pertanyaan yang memberi jasa, singkat following Inggris–
sangat – meminta dan tersedia berdasarkan – meminta questions based Indonesia dan
sederhana memberi jasa, percakapan- klarifikasi, dan on the dialogs in Indonesia–
dengan – meminta percakapan pada – merespons Task A. Inggris.
menggunakan klarifikasi, dan kegiatan sebelumnya. secara • Buku-buku
ragam bahasa – merespons interpersonal. lain yang
lisan secara secara 3. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete each relevan.
akurat, lancar, interpersonal. percakapan dengan dialog with the
dan berterima ungkapan yang correct
untuk tersedia dengan expressions from
berinteraksi benar. the box. Then,
dengan 4. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja perform it with
lingkungan percakapan yang kerja a friend.
terdekat yang sudah lengkap.
melibatkan
tindak tutur: 5. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
meminta dan pernyataan- following
memberi jasa, pernyataan soal statements based
meminta dan berdasarkan on the dialogs in
memberi percakapan pada Task C.
barang, dan kegiatan sebelumnya.
meminta dan
memberi 6. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following
fakta. kalimat acak menjadi kalimat sentences in the
percakapan yang acak correct order to
runtut. make good
dialogs.

23
24
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
9.2 Meng- 7. Memahami • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

ungkapkan percakapan pada benar/salah statements true
makna dalam kegiatan sebelumnya, (T) or false (F)
percakapan lalu menentukan based on the

transaksional apakah pernyataan dialogs in Task E?
(to get things yang tersedia benar Correct the false
done) dan atau salah. ones.
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi) 8. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or
sangat benar berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
sederhana percakapan pada answer.
dengan kegiatan sebelumnya.
menggunakan
ragam bahasa 9. Secara berpasangan, • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In pairs, make
lisan secara menyusun percakapan kerja a dialog based on
akurat, lancar, berdasarkan panduan the guideline
dan berterima yang ada. below.
untuk 10. Memperagakan
berinteraksi percakapan yang
dengan dibuat di depan kelas.
lingkungan
terdekat yang 11. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Create a dialog
melibatkan berdasarkan gambar kerja based onone of
tindak tutur: dan kata-kata kunci the pictures below.
meminta dan yang tersedia. Use the key words
memberi 12. Memperagakan and the
pendapat, percakapan yang expressions you
menyatakan dibuat di depan kelas. have learned.
suka dan tidak
suka, meminta
klarifikasi
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
10.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Menyampaikan • Mampu • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read the warning 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional kembali peringatan mengungkapkan kerja in the Summary Bahasa
makna yang pendek: yang ada di Summary makna gagasan section. Retell it Inggris SMP/
terdapat dalam peringatan dengan kata-katanya dalam teks lisan using your own MTs VIIB
teks lisan (warning). sendiri. fungsional pendek words. Intan
fungsional berbentuk Pariwara
pendek sangat 2. Menyampaikan secara peringatan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read the hal. 77–78.
sederhana lisan peringatanber- (warning) secara kerja following warning. • Kamus
dengan dasar peringatan tulis lancar, akurat, dan Retell it using Inggris–
menggunakan yang tersedia dengan berterima. your own words. Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa kata-katanya sendiri. Indonesia–
lisan secara Inggris.
akurat, lancar, 3. Menyampaikan secara • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Deliver warnings • Buku-buku
dan berterima lisan peringatan kerja based on the lain yang
untuk berdasarkan situasi following relevan.
berinteraksi soal dan petunjuk situations and
dengan yang tersedia. clues.
lingkungan
terdekat.
10.2 Meng- • Monolog 4. Menjelaskan arti kata- • Mampu melakukan • Tes tulis • Uraian • You will find the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan procedure. kata yang tersedia. monolog procedure following words in Bahasa
makna dalam sederhana dengan the text in Task B. Inggris SMP/
monolog • Kosakata yang bahasa lisan secara Find their meanings. MTs VIIB
pendek sangat terkait topik yang akurat, lancar, dan Intan
sederhana dipilih. 5. Melengkapi teks tepat. • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text Pariwara
dengan dengan kata-kata yang with the words hal. 71–72.
menggunakan terdapat dalam kotak from the box. • Kamus
ragam bahasa dengan tepat. Inggris–
lisan secara Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, 6. Menjawab pertanyaan- • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia–
dan berterima pertanyaan yang singkat questions based Inggris.
untuk tersedia berdasarkan on the text in • Buku-buku
berinteraksi teks pada kegiatan Task B. lain yang
dengan sebelumnya. relevan.
lingkungan
terdekat dalam 7. Melakukan monolog • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Tell your friends
teks berbentuk berdasarkan gambar- kerja how to make your
descriptive dan gambar dan kata-kata local food/drink. You

procedure. kunci yang tersedia. may put the picture
of the food/drink.
25
26
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

11.1 Merespons • Teks tulis 1. Membaca dan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 1 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional memahami tip yang makna gagasan objektif following text. Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: tip. tersedia. yang terdapat Inggris SMP/
teks tulis dalam teks tulis MTs VIIB
fungsional 2. Membaca nyaring tip fungsional pendek • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text with Intan
pendek sangat yang tersedia dengan berbentu tip dengan nyaring proper Pariwara
sederhana lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. pronunciation. hal. 76, 78–
secara akurat, benar. Find the 80.
lancar, dan 3. Menjelaskan arti kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian meanings of the • Kamus
berterima yang kata yang tersedia. words that follow. Inggris–
berkaitan Indonesia dan
dengan 4. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following Indonesia–
lingkungan suatu pernyataan benar/salah statements Inggris.
terdekat. benar atau salah true (T) or false • Buku-buku
berdasarkan tip pada (F) based on the lain yang
kegiatan sebelumnya. text in Task A? relevan.
Correct the false
ones.
5. Menjodohkan kata- • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the words

kata yang tersedia kan in column A with
dengan artinya yang their correct
tepat. meanings in
column B. You will
find the words in
Task D.
6. Melengkapi tip dengan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the

kata-kata yang following text with
tersedia dengan tepat. the correct words
from the box.
7. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose the

tepat berdasarkan teks ganda correct words
pada kegiatan based on the
sebelumnya. keadaan complete text in
siswa, dan Task D.
membandingkannya
dengan siswa lain.
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen
11.2 Merespons • Teks procedure. 8. Membaca nyaring teks • Mampu merespons • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the
makna dan yang tersedia dengan makna gagasan nyaring following text.
langkah retorika • Kosakata yang lafal dan intonasi yang dalam wacana
secara akurat, terkait topik yang tepat. procedure dengan
lancar, dan dipilih. 9. Memahami penjelasan tepat. • Non tes • Uraian
berterima tentang struktur teks objektif
dalam esei • Tatabahasa yang tersebut. • Membaca nyaring
sangat terkait, yaitu kata secara bermakna
sederhana yang keterangan 10. Memahami penjelasan wacana procedure • Non tes • Uraian • Read the
berkaitan (adverb). tentang berbagai jenis dengan intonasi, objektif following
dengan kata keterangan lafal, dan ejaan sentences.
lingkungan (adverb). yang benar dan
terdekat dalam berterima.
teks berbentuk: 11. Membaca nyaring teks • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text
descriptive dan yang tersedia dengan nyaring below. Answer the
procedure. lafal dan intonasi yang questions based
tepat. on the complete
11.3 Membaca 12. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban text.
nyaring berdasarkan teks singkat
bermakna teks tersebut.
fungsional dan
esei pendek 13. Menggarisbawahi kata • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Read the text in
dan sangat keterangan yang Task A once
sederhana terdapat dalam teks again. Underline
berbentuk pada kegiatan the adverbs in the
descriptive dan sebelumnya. text.
procedure
dengan ucapan, 14. Melengkapi kalimat- • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
tekanan dan kalimat soal dengan sentences below
intonasi yang kata keterangan yang with suitable
berterima. sesuai/cocok. adverbs.
15. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following

kalimat acak menjadi kalimat sentences in the
prosedur yang urut. acak correct order to
get a good text.

tepat berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
teks pada kegiatan answer based on
sebelumnya. the text in Task D.

27
28
Penilaian
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Menuliskan topik dari • Mampu menulis tip • Tes tulis • Uraian • Here are some 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional setiap tip yang dengan akurat dan tips. Write down Bahasa
makna dalam pendek: tip. tersedia dengan tepat. berterima. the suitable topic Inggris SMP/
teks tulis for each of the MTs VIIB
fungsional tips below. Intan
pendek sangat Pariwara
sederhana 2. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the hal. 80–81.
dengan pernyataan- following statements • Kamus
menggunakan pernyataan soal based on the tips in Inggris–
ragam bahasa berdasarkan tip pada Task A. Indonesia dan
tulis secara kegiatan sebelumnya. Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following Inggris.
dan berterima 3. Menyusun kalimat- kalimat sentences in • Buku-buku
untuk kalimat acak menjadi acak a good order to lain yang
berinteraksi tip yang benar. get a good tip. relevan.
dengan
lingkungan 4. Menulis tip yang • Tes tulis • Uraian • What tips do you
terdekat. pernah diikuti. think work on
you? Write and
share the tips with
your friends.
12.2 Mengung- • Teks procedure. 5. Menulis prosedur • Mampu menulis • Tes tulis • Esai • Look at the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna menggunakan kata- teks procedure pictures. Write Bahasa
dan langkah • Kosakata yang kata yang tersedia dan dengan struktur dan a procedure based Inggris SMP/
retorika dalam terkait topik yang berdasarkan bantuan langkah-langkah on the pictures. MTs VIIB
esei pendek dipilih. gambar. retorika yang benar Intan
sangat seder- dan berterima. Pariwara
hana dengan 6. Menyusun teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Look at the hal. 74–75.
menggunakan procedure tentang pictures. It is called • Kamus
ragam bahasa cara membuat pecel ‘pecel lele’ in some Inggris–
tulis secara lele atau resep regions. Write Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, masakan yang lain. down a procedure Indonesia–
dan berterima to make it. Or, Inggris.
untuk ber- write another • Buku-buku
interaksi dengan procedure of a lain yang
lingkungan different recipe. relevan.
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk 7. Menyusun teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Write down
descriptive dan procedure dengan a procedure.
procedure. topik yang telah
ditentukan.
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
● express likes and dislikes,
● ask for and give opinions,
● describe things or places
using spoken English,
● deliver spoken
announcements,
● create written descriptives,
● write greeting cards, and
● use prepositions and tell
the time correctly.
All people, including you, must have something they like and
dislike. Then, what would you say to express your likes or dislikes?
Furthermore, everyone has a right to speak about, such as giving
opinions toward something. What should you say if you want to ask
for or give opinions? Don’t worry, you will learn about those
expressions in this unit.
In this unit you will also learn about family members. You will find
some vocabularies related to kinship. You will have a chance to study
and try to describe your family or other people and places, both using
spoken or written language, as well.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 29

1.1 Expressions
Expressing Likes and Dislikes
Read the following dialog.
Do you like this

mobile phone? Yeah. I like it. Don’t
you feel the same?
Actually, I don’t like

it. It’s a secondhand
mobile phone.
In the dialog above, the girl likes the mobile phone by saying, “I like it.”, while the boy doesn’t
feel the same. He says, “Actually, I don’t like it.” to express his dislikes.
Here are some other expressions you can use to express likes and dislikes.
Expressing Likes Expressing Dislikes
● I like/love . . . . ● I don’t like it.

● I like it so much. ● I hate it.
● I really like it. ● I’m afraid I dislike it.
● I’m really fond of . . . . ● I can’t stand . . . .
● I’m keen on . . . .
30 UNIT 1 Descriptives
Asking for and Giving Opinions
Look at this! What do

you think of this
jacket?
I think it’s nice.

It’s not expensive
either.
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences above. The first boy says, “What do you think of
this jacket?” to ask his friend’s opinion about the jacket. Then, his friend gives his opinion by
saying, “I think it’s nice.”
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give opinions.
Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions

● What do you think of . . .? ● I think it’s a good idea.
● What’s your opinion of . . .? ● Well, I must say . . . .
● What would you say to . . .? ● I personally think that . . . .
● What about . . .? ● In my opinion, . . . .
Answer the following questions.

1. What do you usually do at home when you have free time?
Contoh jawaban: I like listening to music.
2. What kinds of food or drink don’t you like? Why?
Contoh jawaban: I don’t like sea food because I’m allergic.
3. When your friend asks your opinion about having a study club, what will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “That’s a good idea! I like it.”
4. When your friend asks your opinion about going to school by motorcycle, what will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I don’t like your idea. Listen, you don’t have a driving license.”

A. Listen to your teacher.
Write down his/her sentences.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. I really love my house.
2. I personally think your idea is awful.
3. What do you think of our new teacher?
4. The students like Mr. Haryadi very much.
5. I hate if someone breaks his/her promise.
6. I think you should tell your parents about it.
7. What’s your opinion on Delia’s performance?
8. The girls don’t like Sandra because she is arrogant.
9. My little brother dislikes eating spinach and carrots.
10. I must say that the students should join a camping activity.
Variasi:
Classify the sentences you have written in the correct column.
Expressing Likes Expressing Dislikes Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions

________________ ________________ ________________ _______________
________________ ________________ ________________ _______________
________________ ________________ ________________ _______________
________________ ________________ ________________ _______________
Jawaban:
Expressing Likes Expressing Dislikes Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions
● I really love my ● I hate if someone ● What do you think ● I personally
house. breaks his/her of our new think your idea
● The students like promise. teacher? is awful.
Mr. Haryadi very ● The girls don’t like ● What’s your ● I think you
much. Sandra because opinion on Delia’s should tell your
she is arrogant. performance? parents about it.
● My little brother ● I must say that
dislikes eating the students
spinach and should join
carrots. a camping
activity.
B. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Rendy : Vika, what do you think of our new (1) house?
Vika : Well, it’s beautiful. I (2) like it.
Rendy : But . . . it’s smaller than our old one.
Vika : It is true. But I think, it is more (3) comfortable.
Rendy : What do you mean?
Vika : It’s not (4) noisy here. We no longer hear cars or motorcycles blow their horns loudly.
Therefore, we can live (5) peacefully.
Rendy : You’re right.
Variasi:
A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the dialog.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. old >< new 2. ugly >< beautiful
3. hate >< like 4. quiet >< noisy
5. noisily >< peacefully
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. a. There are some old buildings in my town, but they are well-preserved.
b. My parents bought me a new pair of shoes as my birthday gift.
2. a. I find my old shoes. They look ugly now.
b. The scenery from the top of the mountain is beautiful.
3. a. I hate spiders. I think they are disgusting.
b. We like English lesson because it is fun and attractive.
4. a. The class becomes quiet during the test.
b. The canteen becomes noisy during the breaks.
5. a. The cars blow their horns noisily.
b. My grandparents live in a small village peacefully.
C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: They are brother and sister, Vika and Rendy.
2. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It’s about Vika and Rendy’s new house.
3. How is the old house?
Jawaban: It is bigger than the new one.
4. What is Vika’s opinion about the new house?
Jawaban: It’s beautiful and comfortable.
5. Does Vika like the new house? Why?
Jawaban: Yes, she does. She likes it because it’s not noisy, so they can live peacefully.

D. Listen to your teacher.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?
Correct the false ones.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Bobby : Wow! A new bicycle!
Indah : Yeah. Do you like it, Bobby?
Bobby : I do. I really like its color. You know, green is my favorite color.
Indah : I know. It’s my favorite too.
Bobby : Anyway, where did you buy it, Indah?
Indah : In a bicycle shop near my house.
1. ______ The speakers are talking about Bobby’s new bicycle.

2. ______ The bicycle is green.
3. ______ Bobby likes the bicycle.
4. ______ Indah bought the bicycle in a bicycle shop far from her house.
5. ______ Indah’s favorite color is green.
Jawaban:
1. F (They are talking about Indah’s new bicycle.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (She bought it in a bicycle shop near her house.)
5. T
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi latihan berikut.

Doni : Do you like rabbits, Puput?
Puput : I don’t like them, but my brother does.
Doni : Your brother?
Puput : Yeah. He has some.
Doni : They must be nice. May I have a look?
Puput : Sure, Doni. You like rabbits, don’t you?
Doni : Yes, I do. I really want to keep some.
1. ______ Doni and Puput are talking about rabbits.

2. ______ Puput likes rabbits.
3. ______ Puput has some rabbits.
4. ______ Doni wants to keep rabbits.
5. ______ “They must be nice.” The word “they” refers to Puput and her brother.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Puput dislikes them, but her brother does.)
3. F (It is Puput’s brother who has some rabbits.)
4. T
5. F (It refers to Puput’s brother’s rabbits.)
E. Find the meanings of the following words.
You will hear them in the dialogs in Task F.
1. to paint = mengecat 2. suitable = cocok, sesuai
3. surprised = terkejut 4. to bring = membawa
5. lunch = makan siang 6. cheaper = lebih murah
7. healthier = lebih sehat 8. absolutely = tentunya
F. Listen to your teacher. 3. What color do Andika and Galih choose to

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct paint their room?
answer. A. Red. B. Yellow.
C. Blue. D. White.
Jawaban: C
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Saat Galih mengusulkan untuk mengecat
kamar mereka dengan warna biru, kalimat
This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. ”Um, . . . I think blue is just perfect,
Andika : Galih, I think our room needs Andika.” Andika menyetujuinya dengan
painting. berkata, ”You’re right.”. Jadi, mereka akan
Galih : I think so. The color is not suitable mengecat kamar mereka dengan warna
with our new pictures. biru.
Andika : Yeah. What color do you suggest?
Galih : Um . . . I think blue is just perfect,
Andika.
Andika : You’re right. Let’s make our room This dialog is for questions 4 and 5.
blue. Jacky : What are you bringing, Hera?
Galih : Yeah, . . . and make our parents A lunch box?
surprised! Hera : Yeah.
Jacky : Don’t you like having lunch in the
1. Where does the dialog happen? school canteen?
A. In a classroom. B. At school. Hera : Um, . . . actually I don’t quite like it.
C. In a library. D. At home. I prefer bringing my lunch from
Jawaban: D home.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Andika Jacky : Why?
berkata, ”Galih, our room needs painting.” Hera : It’s cheaper and healthier.
yang menjelaskan kalau kamar mereka Jacky : Are you sure?
perlu dicat ulang. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan Hera : Absolutely!
bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di
rumah (at home). 4. What is the dialog about?
2. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Breakfast. B. Lunch.
A. Two brothers. C. Dinner. D. Supper.
B. Two friends. Jawaban: B
C. Two classmates. Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut
D. Two old friends. membicarakan tentang makan siang. Hera
Jawaban: A berkata, ”I prefer bringing my lunch from
Galih berkata, ”Yeah, . . . and make our home.”.
parents surprised!”. Jadi, dapat dipastikan
mereka berdua adalah dua saudara laki-
laki.

5. Where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: C
A. In a restaurant. Isi percakapan tersebut adalah tentang
B. At hospital. bekal makan siang Hera yang dibawanya
C. At school. dari rumah. Tempat berlangsungnya
D. At home. percakapan disimpulkan dari kalimat,
”Don’t you like going to the school
canteen?”. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa
percakapan terjadi di sekolah.
A. Read the dialog.

Answer the questions that follow.
Cindy : Ferdy, what do you like to do in your spare time?

Ferdy : I like fishing. Do you like it, Cindy?
Cindy : Fishing? Ugh, I don’t like it.
Ferdy : Why?
Cindy : It’s boring, you know. We need a long time to get a fish.
Ferdy : I don’t think so. I enjoy the time when I am waiting for getting the fish.
Cindy : It needs much patience.
Ferdy : You’re right, but it trains us to be more patient.
Questions:
Jawaban: It is about fishing.
2. Does Ferdy like fishing?
Jawaban: Yes, he does.
3. What does Ferdy say to express his likes/dislikes?
Jawaban: He says, “I like fishing.”
4. Why does Cindy dislike fishing?
Jawaban: Because fishing is boring. It needs a long time to get a fish.
5. What is Ferdy’s opinion about waiting for a long time while fishing?
Jawaban: It trains them to be more patient.
Variasi:
Find the meanings of the following words.
1. spare time = waktu senggang
2. to fish = memancing
3. boring = membosankan
4. to wait for = menunggu
5. patience = kesabaran
B. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
a. she will like it b. A gift for my sister

c. I hope d. What do you think
e. I think
Gea : Yenni, what are you wrapping?

Yenni : (1) ________. The day after tomorrow is her birthday.
Gea : Oh. May I have a look?
Yenni : Sure. (2) ________, Gea?
Gea : Wow! (3) ________ it’s the nicest watch I have ever seen.
Yenni : Really? Thanks. (4) ________ my sister likes it.
Gea : I’m sure (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a
C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.

1. What is Yenni doing?
Jawaban: She is wrapping a gift for her sister’s birthday.
2. When will Yenni’s sister have a birthday?
Jawaban: The day after tomorrow.
3. What is the gift?
Jawaban: A watch.
4. In Gea’s opinion, how is the gift?
Jawaban: It is the nicest watch she has ever seen.
5. Does Gea think that Yenni’s sister will like the gift? How do you know?
Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, “I’m sure she will like it.”
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialog with the correct words from the box.
a. entertaining b. cinemas c. prefer

d. frightened e. pay
Chika : Damar, what do you think of Indonesian horror movies in the (1) ________ recently?
I mean, do you like them?
Damar : Well, I’d say I don’t really like them, Chika. I’d (2) ________ comedy.
Chika : Why? Horror movies are very (3) ________.
Damar : In my opinion, why do we (4) ________ just to be (5) ________?
Chika : And why do we pay just to laugh? Ha . . . ha . . . ha . . .
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:
1. b 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. d

B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.
Jawaban: It’s about recent Indonesian horror movies.
2. Who likes comedy?
Jawaban: Damar does.
3. Damar says, “I’d say I don’t really like them, Chika.”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: He expresses his dislikes.
4. What is Chika’s opinion about horror movies?
Jawaban: In her opinion, horror movies are very entertaining. She likes them.
5. “. . . just to be frightened?”
What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Afraid/scared.
D. In turns, ask whether your friend likes or dislikes the activities in the table.
✔ ) in the right column.
Put a tick (✔
See the example.
Example:
Student A : Do you like planting flowers?
Student B : No, I don’t. What about you?
Student A : I like it so much.
Name: _______________________________
No. Activities Like Dislike

1. Plant flowers. ✔
2. Eat fast food.
3. Clean the house.
4. Play chess.
5. Browse the Internet.
6. Talk with strangers.
7. Shop in a market.
8. Go swimming every weekend.
9. Play games in a computer.
10. Join a study club.
Contoh jawaban:
Rida : Do you like planting flowers?
Sita : No, I don’t. What about you?
Rida : I like it so much. Anyway, what about eating fast food? Do you like it?
Sita : I don’t. I think fast food is not good for our health.
Rida : I think so. Um . . . do you like cleaning your house?
Sita : Sure. My family and I clean our house every day. You know, we have no housemaid.
Rida : That’s great! By the way, what do you usually do in your spare time? Do you like playing
chess?
Sita : Yeah. I usually play chess with my brother.
Rida : What about browsing the Internet, go swimming every weekend or playing games in
a computer?
Sita : I like browsing the Internet and go swimming, but I don’t like playing games in a computer.
I think it is useless and just wastes my time.
Rida : I think so. Anyway, do you like talking to someone you haven’t known before?
Sita : Of course not. It’s too dangerous to talk to strangers.
Rida : I see. Now, do you like go shopping in a market?
Sita : Absolutely. I always go shopping in a market with my mom every Sunday.
Rida : Good girl. Last question, do you like joining a study club?
Sita : Of course, I do.
Name: Sita
No. Asking for services Like Dislike

1. Plant flowers. ✔
2. Eat fast food. ✔
3. Clean the house. ✔
4. Play chess. ✔
5. Browse the Internet. ✔
6. Talk with strangers. ✔
7. Shop in a market. ✔
8. Go swimming every weekend. ✔
9. Play games in a computer. ✔
10. Join a study club. ✔
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
8 Desta : I see.
3 Chika : Tell me. Do you like her too?
6 Desta : No, I don’t. She also has a beautiful voice. You must admit it.
1 Chika : Do you think Shanty will win the singing contest?
4 Desta : Yeah. She is beautiful.
7 Chika : I know that. However, I don’t like her. I think she only concerns about her vocal and
the proper singing technique, but she ignores her performance on stage.
2 Desta : I do. She always gets the first rank in an SMS polling.
5 Chika : Ha . . . ha . . . . You just like her because she is beautiful, don’t you?
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
3 Lisa :
I’ve never thought you like reading novels.
6 Bunga :
I see. By the way, I will go to the fiction section. See you.
1 Lisa :
Hi, Bunga. What are you doing here?
4 Bunga :
I like novels. I usually spend my spare time reading novels. What about you?
What are you doing here?
7 Lisa : O.K., then. See you.
2 Bunga : Oh, hi, Lisa. I’m looking for some novels.
5 Lisa : I want to borrow some science books.

F. Complete the following statements with the proper words based on the dialog in Task E.
1. The speakers are talking about ________.
2. Desta thinks that Shanty will win the singing contest because ________.
3. Desta likes Shanty because she is ________ and has ________.
4. Chika agrees that Shanty has a good voice, but still she ________ her.
5. Chika thinks that Shanty only pays attention to ________ and ________, but she ignores
________.
Jawaban:
1. Shanty, one contestant in a singing contest
2. she gets the first rank in an SMS polling
3. beautiful; a beautiful voice
4. dislikes
5. her vocal and proper singing technique; her performance on stage
G. Make dialogs based on the following situations.

1. Your mother bought you a pretty dress for your birthday party. You like the dress. How would
the conversation go?
2. Your friend is bringing some candies. He/she offers you some, but you say that you don’t like
them. How would the conversation go?
3. You have a nice small garden in front of your house. You ask for your friend’s opinion about
the garden. How would the conversation go?
4. You and your friend are talking about a new student in your classroom. The new student
seems smart and kindhearted. How would the conversation go?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Mother : I have something for you, dear. Here you are.
Riana : What is it, Mom?
Mother : Open it yourself.
Riana : Wow! A beautiful dress! Is it for me, Mom?
Mother : Sure. Do you like it?
Riana : Yeah! I like it very much.
Mother : You can wear it on your birthday party.
Riana : I will. Thank you, Mom.
Mother : You’re welcome.
2. Kirana : Want some candies?
Anin : No, thanks.
Kirana : Why? Don’t you like them?
Anin : I don’t.
Kirana : I see.
3. Indah : Welcome to my garden. What do you think of it?
Tiara : Well, it’s very beautiful.
Indah : Really? Thanks.
Tiara : You have many flowers here.
Indah : Yeah. I like them. I like to see them, especially, when they’re blooming.
4. Rendra: Deryl, what do you think of our new classmate?
Deryl : Do you mean Rosa?
Rendra: Yeah.
Deryl : I think she is kindhearted.
Rendra: I think so. She also looks smart.
1.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the following monolog.

Hello, friends. Let me tell you about my family.
There are five people in my family. I do love them. Well, my parents are Mr. and
Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in furniture.
I am the second child in my family. I have an elder brother and a younger sister. My
brother’s name is Avian and my sister’s name is Alya.
We live in a house situated in the center of the city. It is a big house with a swimming
pool and a small garden at the back yard. My parents make the garden as a playground for
their children. The swimming pool and the garden are my family’s favorite places. We often
gather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and let’s enjoy our time together.
The text above is a spoken descriptive. It describes the speaker’s family and house.
Written Text
Read the following text.
Title My Family
I live with my family. There are five people in my family who

Identification
I really love.
My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in

furniture. I am the second child in my family. I have an elder
brother and a younger sister. My brother’s name is Avian and my
sister’s name is Alya.
We live in a house in the center of the city. It is a big house
Description
with a swimming pool and a small garden at the back yard. My
parents make the garden as a playground for their children. The
swimming pool and the garden are my family’s favorite places. We
often gather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and we can enjoy our time together.

The text is a written descriptive. It describes the writer’s family and house.
A descriptive is a text which describes a particular (specific) person, place or thing.
A descriptive has a schematic structure in the way to describe something or someone.
Those are:
1. Identification. It will say something interesting of the specific participation, so the
readers are convinced to read the text.
2. Description. It should be specific, in order to help the readers to build a visualization
image of whatever you are describing. You have to describe what you are going to tell
in a very detail description and explanation of parts of something, qualities,
characteristics of a person or a thing.
Grammar Section
Prepositions
Did you see my

mobile phone?
Yeah. It is on the dining

table. You left it there,
didn’t you?
The bold-typed sentence above uses a preposition ‘on’ meaning ‘di atas’.
Prepositions are little words whose job is to tell us about the position of someone or something.
There are many kinds of prepositions. Some of them are on, under, behind, in front of, in,
beside, and between.
Look at these pictures to get more information about prepositions.
The doll is on the box. The doll is under the box. The doll is behind the box.
The doll is in front of the box. The doll is in the box.
The doll is beside the box. The doll is between the boxes.
Telling Time
What time do you

usually wake up,
Sari?
At four thirty.
What about
I usually wake you?
up at five
o’clock.
The sentence “What time do you usually wake up?” is an expression of asking the time.
The sentences “At four thirty.” and “. . . at five o’clock.” are expressions of telling the time.

Look at these pictures for more information about telling the time.
The students start their lessons at Mr. Ardian has lunch at twelve
seven o’clock. thirty/at half past twelve.
Sheila does her homework at fifteen Edo watches television at ten past
to eight/at a quarter to eight. six.

1. Do you live with your family?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. How many people are there in your family? Who are they?
Contoh jawaban: There are four people. They are my father and mother, my elder sister and
me.
3. What is your opinion about your house?
Contoh jawaban: It is not big, but comfortable.
A. Read the following words.
Find out their meanings.
1. however = namun, akan tetapi 2. busy = sibuk
3. to spend = menghabiskan 4. primary school = sekolah dasar
5. doll = boneka 6. always = selalu
7. unique = unik 8. shelf = rak
9. special = khusus 10. abroad = luar negeri

Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Hello, everyone, I am Edo. Now, I’d like to tell you about my (1) family. There are four people
in my family. My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Vicky. My father is about forty years old, and my mother
is five years younger than him. Both my parents are (2) busy. However, they always have time for
us. We often spend our spare time together.
I have a younger (3) sister named Sita. She is still in a primary school. She likes to play dolls.
She always gets (4) dolls on her birthdays. When my father goes abroad, he often buys her unique
dolls. No wonder, she has more than twenty dolls. She keeps the dolls on special shelves in her
room. However, her (5) favorite one is the barbie dolls. She says that she wants to be a barbie
someday. Ha . . . ha . . . a little girl’s dream.
Variasi:
Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task B.
1. busy >< spare 2. to waste >< to spend
3. to come >< to go 4. seldom >< often
5. older >< younger 6. to sell >< to buy
7. to hate >< to like 8. common >< special
C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B.

1. Who is delivering the monolog?
Jawaban: Edo is.
2. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It is about Edo’s family.
3. How old is Mrs. Vicky?
Jawaban: She is thirty-five years old.
4. How many children do Mr. and Mrs. Vicky have?
Jawaban: They have two children, Edo and Sita.
5. Who is Sita?
Jawaban: Edo’s younger sister.
6. Where does Sita study?
Jawaban: In a primary school.

7. When does Sita always get dolls?
Jawaban: On her birthdays.
8. Where does Sita keep her dolls?
Jawaban: On special shelves in her room.
9. What are Sita’s favorite dolls?
Jawaban: The barbie dolls.
10. What is Sita’s dream?
Jawaban: She wants to be a barbie someday.
Variasi:
Have you ever come to Bella’s house? What does it look like? Let me tell you about it
then. Bella’s house is very (1) nice. It is surrounded by many trees and (2) rice fields.
Bella lives in a big house with a large garden (3) at the front. The house has two floors
with a (4) balcony. She usually spends her afternoon activities, such as (5) reading comics,
in the balcony.
The house has a big (6) living room. About Bella’s bedroom, it is also (7) big and clean.
I wonder who keeps that house clean. Well, Bella and her (8) family do it themselves. They
don’t employ a (9) housemaid. Can’t you believe that? But that’s the (10) truth. So, if you
have time, let’s go there together.
B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It’s about Bella’s house.
2. What surrounds Bella’s house?
Jawaban: Many trees and rice fields.
3. Where is the garden?
Jawaban: In front of the house.
4. How many floors does Bella’s house have?
Jawaban: Two floors.
5. Where does Bella usually spend her afternoon activities?
Jawaban: In the balcony.
6. How is the living room?
Jawaban: It is big.
7. Who cleans Bella’s house?
Jawaban: Bella’s family themselves.
8. Does Bella’s family have a housemaid?
Jawaban: No, they don’t.
9. “So, if you have time, let’s go there together.” (Paragraph 3)
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
Jawaban: Bella’s house.
10. “I wonder who keeps that house clean.” (Paragraph 3)
What is the antonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Dirty.
D. Listen to your teacher. Jawaban: C
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Dalam monolog terdapat kalimat ”It has
answer. a living room, a small kitchen and . . . . ”.
Jadi, dapur tersebut kecil, pilihan jawaban
(C) benar.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: 3. The following are the rooms on the first
Now, let me tell you about my house. floor, except ________.
It is situated at Jalan Kartini number 14. It is A. a living room B. a kitchen
big enough and nice. C. a bathroom D. bedrooms
My house has two floors. It has a living Jawaban: D
room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on Ruangan yang tidak terdapat di lantai satu
the first floor. On the second floor there are adalah kamar tidur (bedroom). Hal itu
three bedrooms and a bathroom. My sesuai dengan kalimat ”It has a living
parents’ bedroom is big. My brother’s room room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on
is next to my room. the first floor.”. Di samping itu, kamar tidur
Um . . . my room is small, but I like it. terletak di lantai dua, sesuai dengan
It has light green wall. There is a desk with kalimat ”On the second floor there are
a computer on it. I do my homework there. three bedrooms . . . .”.
You know, there is also a nice garden
in front of my house. I often play there with 4. The speaker’s room is ________ his/her
my brother. Well, that’s my lovely house. brother’s room.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High A. in front of B. beside
School Student Grade VII C. behind D. inside
Jawaban: B
1. The monolog is about the speaker’s Kamar pembicara berada di samping
________. kamar saudara laki-lakinya. Hal itu sesuai
A. house B. room dengan kalimat, ”My brother’s room is next
C. bathroom D. garden to my room.”. Kata depan ’next to’ memiliki
Jawaban: A makna yang sama dengan ’beside’, yaitu
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai di samping/sebelah.
dengan kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”Now, let 5. The wall of the speaker’s room is ________.
me tell you about my house.”. Pilihan A. red B. pink
jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya C. light blue D. light green
merupakan bagian-bagian rumah. Jawaban: D
2. The kitchen is ________. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It has
A. big B. wide light green wall.”. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat
C. small D. narrow tersebut mengacu pada kamar pembicara.
Jadi, dinding kamar pembicara berwarna
hijau muda (light green).
A. Read the following text.

Retell it using your own words.
I have a favorite place at home. It is certainly my bedroom.

My bedroom is quite small, but the white color gives me a wider view. I really enjoy staying in
my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of the things in my
room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.

There is a small single bed in my room, where I always sleep on it at night. On the bed I put
a bed sheet, two blue pillows and a bolster. Beside the bed is a desk with some books on it.
I always write, read and study on the desk. Then, I put a round small clock on the wall to tell the
time.
Contoh jawaban:
Let me tell you about my bedroom. Um . . . it is my favorite room in my house.
Actually, my room is not big enough, but the white color makes the room look larger. I really
enjoy staying in my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of
the things in my room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.
My room has a small single bed where I always lay on it at night. On the bed I put a bed sheet,
two blue pillows and a bolster. There is a desk with some books on it beside the bed. I always
write, read and study on the desk. I also put a round small clock on the wall to tell the time.
Variasi:
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a particular place, i.e. the speaker’s bedroom.
2. How is the speaker’s bedroom?
Jawaban: It is quite small, but the white color makes the room look wider.
3. What does the speaker’s do to avoid boredom in his/her bedroom?
Jawaban: He/she often changes the arrangement of the things in his/her room.
4. What things are in the speaker’s bedroom?
Jawaban: A small single bed, a bed sheet, two blue pillows, a bolster, a desk with some
books on it and a round small clock on the wall.
5. Where is the desk?
Jawaban: It is beside the bed.
B. Look at the picture.

Describe it briefly.
Contoh jawaban:
Look at the house. It is Mr. Wawan’s house.
Mr. Wawan and his family live in a small house. The
house is surrounded by white fences.
As you can see, there is a coconut tree in front of the
house. It is quite tall. Sometimes, Mr. Wawan picks the
young coconuts and makes ‘es degan’.
The house consists of some rooms. There are
a living room, three bedrooms, a dining room, a kitchen
and a bathroom. There is a veranda in front of the house.
Next to the veranda is a garage where Mr. Wawan keeps
his car.
C. Describe your house or one of the rooms in your house orally.
Contoh jawaban:
My family and I live in a lovely house. It is small but comfortable. It is situated in the countryside.
My house has some rooms. They are a living room, a dining room, four bedrooms, a bathroom
and a kitchen. There is also a veranda in front of my house and a garden beside it.
My favorite room is certainly my bedroom. It’s a nice blue-painted room. I put some posters of
my favorite actors and singers on the wall. There is a shelf for my books and my CDs. I also put
a new desk with a yellow lamp. My room has two small windows, so I can get enough fresh air.
A. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to get a good text.
Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

3 My grandpa’s name is Mr. Surya. He has a restaurant near Kuta Beach. Do you know why
tourists like to visit my grandfather’s restaurant? It faces directly to the beach, so the visitors of
the restaurant can enjoy the sunset.
1 My name is Kevin. I live with my parents and two elder sisters. My parents are Mr. and
Mrs. Steward, while my sisters are Jessica and Hanna.
4 That’s my family. I really love them.
2 All my family members, including me, like traveling. The place that we often visit is Bali
since my grandfather lives there. Almost every long holiday, we go to visit him.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
B. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?
1. ______ The writer’s name is Jessica.
2. ______ The text is about the writer’s relatives.
3. ______ The writer’s family likes traveling.
4. ______ Mr. Surya has a restaurant in Bali.
5. ______ People like to visit Mr. Surya’s restaurant because they can see sunrise.
Jawaban:
1. F (The writer’s name is Kevin.)
2. F (The text is about the writer’s family.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (People like to visit Mr. Surya’s restaurant because they can enjoy the sunset.)

C. Complete the following family tree based on the text in Task A.
___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
Jawaban:
Mr. Surya Mrs. Surya
Mr. Steward
___________________ Mrs. Steward
Jessica Hanna Kevin
Variasi:
Look at the family tree below.
Complete the following statements with the words related to kinship based on the
family tree.
Mr. Gunawan Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan
Mr. Hermawan Mrs. Septian Hermawan Mrs. Berlina Budiman Mr. Budiman
Luksita Lusiana Aditya Reza
1. Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are Lusiana’s ________.

2. Mr. Gunawan is Lusiana’s ________.
3. Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan is Lusiana’s ________.
4. Lusiana is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan’s ________.
5. Aditya is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan’s ________.
6. Lusiana is Mr. Hermawan’s ________.
7. Aditya is Mr. Hermawan’s ________.
8. Mrs. Berlina Budiman is Lusiana’s ________.
9. Lusiana is Mrs. Berlina Budiman ________.
10. Mr. Budiman is Lusiana’s ________.
11. Aditya is Mr. Budiman’s ________.
12. Reza is Lusiana’s ________.
Jawaban:
1. grandparents 2. grandfather 3. grandmother
4. granddaughter 5. grandson 6. daughter
7. son 8. aunt 9. niece
10. uncle 11. nephew 12. cousin
D. Read the text.
My family and I live on a hill. It is far from the city, so we are still able to enjoy fresh air. We
always enjoy our spare time at home. We often sit at the veranda and see a mountain view. If we
want to see the green of rice fields, we go to the back yard.
My house is built with classic ‘panggung’ design from Padang. All parts of the house are made
of wood. It has two small stairs, at the front and behind the house. It doesn’t have a living room, but
it has a veranda that is full of wooden furniture decorations. The decorations make me wonder and
relax every time I sit there.
We have a very big dining room. We also use it as our family room. There are a small table
and some chairs in the dining room. On the table my mother always serves our meal. There is
a TV set and a square small carpet, where we usually eat our meal and watch TV programs.
I share my room with my little brother. We sleep on a big double bed. Our room is completed
with two desks and a big shelf. We usually use the desks to study and the self to keep our
properties.
The bathroom and kitchen are not in our main house. They are away at the back yard. I guess
it is good enough and suitable for our home design. We always clean the bathroom in turns.
Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: The writer’s house.
2. Why is the writer able to enjoy fresh air?
Jawaban: Because his house is far from the city.
3. Where does the writer usually go if he wants to see the green of rice fields?
Jawaban: He goes to the back yard.
4. What is the house made of?
Jawaban: It is made of wood.
5. Which room is called the family room?
Jawaban: The dining room.
6. Where are the stairs?
Jawaban: At the front and behind the house.
7. How is the dining room?
Jawaban: It is big.
8. Who sleeps on a big double bed?
Jawaban: The writer and his little brother do.
9. Where is the bathroom?
Jawaban: In the back yard.
10. What does the writer’s family do to the bathroom?
Jawaban: They always clean it in turns.
Variasi:
Find the words in the text which have similar meanings as follows.
1. distant = far 2. town = city
3. terrace = veranda 4. look at = see
5. traditional = classic 6. tiny = small
7. huge = big 8. own = have
9. desk = table 10. fit = suitable

E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Jawaban: D
answer. Pada kalimat ketiga disebutkan ”We
always hold a flag ceremony in our school
Our school is on Jalan Sudirman. It has yard.” yang artinya ”Kami selalu
eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one mengadakan upacara bendera di halaman
library, one principal’s room, one teachers’ sekolah kami.”. Berdasarkan kalimat
room, one staff room, one music room, one tersebut, dapat disimpulkan bahwa
computer room and one canteen. We always mereka selalu mengadakan upacara
hold a flag ceremony in our school yard. bendera di halaman sekolah mereka (in
Our school yard is not so big. That’s why, if their school yard).
we have a PE lesson, we practice at the field 4. The students don’t practice their PE
beside our school. lesson at the school yard because it is
1. What is the text about? ________.
A. The writer’s house. A. big B. long
B. The writer’s school. C. wide D. small
C. The writer’s classroom. Jawaban: D
D. The writer’s room. Berdasarkan kalimat keempat dalam teks,
Jawaban: B ”Our school yard is not so big, that’s why
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang . . . .” yang artinya ”Halaman sekolah kami
disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu tidak terlalu besar sehingga . . . .”, dapat
”Our school is on Jalan Sudirman.”. disimpulkan bahwa murid-murid tidak
Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan melakukan pelajaran olahraga di halaman
lebih lanjut tentang bagian-bagian sekolah sekolah karena halaman sekolah kecil
penulis. (small).
2. How many rooms are there in the school? 5. ”We always hold a flag ceremony . . . .”
A. Twenty-seven. (Sentence 3)
B. Twenty-eight. What does the underlined word refer to?
C. Twenty-nine. A. The writer and his teachers.
D. Thirty. B. All the teachers of the school.
Jawaban: A C. The students in the writer’s class.
Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”It has D. The writer and his schoolmates.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one
library, one principal’s room, one teachers’ Jawaban: D
room, one staff room, one music room, one Kalimat soal mempunyai arti ”Kami selalu
computer room and one canteen.”. Jadi, mengadakan upacara bendera . . . .”. Kata
jumlah total ruangan dalam sekolah ’we’ (kami) dalam kalimat tersebut
tersebut ada 27 (twenty-seven). mengacu pada penulis dan teman-teman
sekolahnya (the writer and his/her
3. Where do they always hold a flag schoolmates).
ceremony?
A. In the room.
B. At the field.
C. Beside their school.
D. In their school yard.
F. Read the following words and find their meanings.
✔ ) in the columns where you usually find such things.
Put a tick (✔
In the In the In the In the In the

Thing Meaning Living Dining Bedroom Kitchen Bathroom
Room Room
1. toaster __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
2. television __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
3. desk lamp __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
4. sofa __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
5. plate __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
6. water tap __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
7. bed __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
8. gas stove __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
9. glass __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
10. soap __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
11. pillow __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
12. painting __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
13. dipper __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
14. spoon __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
15. refrigerator __________ ______ ______ ______ ______ __________
Jawaban:
In the In the In the In the In the

Thing Meaning Living Dining Bedroom Kitchen Bathroom
Room Room
1. toaster alat pemanggang ✔
2. television televisi ✔
3. desk lamp lampu meja ✔
4. sofa sofa ✔
5. plate piring ✔ ✔
6. water tap keran air ✔ ✔
7. bed tempat tidur ✔
8. gas stove kompor gas ✔
9. glass gelas ✔ ✔
10. soap sabun ✔
11. pillow bantal ✔
12. painting lukisan ✔ ✔
13. dipper gayung ✔
14. spoon sendok ✔ ✔
15. refrigerator lemari es ✔

G. Write sentences about the following pictures using proper prepositions.
See the example.
Example:
The dictionary is on the table.
1 2 3
________________________ ________________________ ________________________
4 5
________________________ ________________________
Jawaban:
1. The mobile phones are in the drawer.
2. The shoes are under the cupboard.
3. The blackboard is in front of the class.
4. The rubbish bin is behind the door.
5. The book is beside the bag.
H. Look at the following time schedule.
Complete the text based on the time schedule.
Time Activities Andra has regular habits. He usually gets up at

(1) ________. Then, at (2) ________ he takes a bath. He has
4:45 a.m get up breakfast at (3) ________. After that, he goes to school and
5:15 a.m take a bath studies until the class is over in the afternoon.
5:40 a.m have breakfast Arriving home from school, Andra usually has lunch at
6 a.m go to school (4) ________. Then, he takes a nap for about one hour. Three
1:55 p.m have lunch times a week he plays football with his friends. In the evening,
2:20 p.m take a nap he always has dinner with his family. Then, he usually
4 p.m play football watches TV at (5) ________. After watching TV, he goes
6:20 p.m have dinner studying. He usually studies for two hours. Finally, he goes to
6:35 p.m watch television bed.
7:30 p.m study
9:30 p.m go to bed
Jawaban:
1. a quarter to five 2. five fifteen/a quarter past five
3. twenty to six/five forty 4. five to two
5. six thirty-five/twenty-five to seven
A. Notice five things in your classroom.

Write the positions of the things using proper prepositions.
Contoh jawaban:
1. The bag is in the drawer.
2. The map and the calender hang on the wall.
3. The blackboard is in front of the class.
4. There is a duster behind the door.
5. The vase is on the teacher’s desk.
B. Write five sentences telling the time when you do your daily activities.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I usually wake up at five o’clock.
2. I go to school at six fifteen.
3. I have lunch at one thirty.
4. I usually watch television at five o’clock.
5. I go to sleep at ten.
C. Read the following text.

Make a family tree based on the text.
My name is Clara. I live with my family. My family consists of five people. My father’s name is
Ferdi, and my mother’s name is Rara. However, people usually call them Mr. and Mrs. Ferdi. My
parents like gardening very much. In their spare time they often plant new trees or flowers in the
garden. Those flowers and trees make our garden colorful. That’s why, the garden is our favorite
place to gather.

I have only an elder brother named Ardian. He is seventeen years old. He is interested in
computer and sports. He also likes to spend a lot of time with his friends.
My grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Nugraha, live not far from my house. They are in good health
at the age of about sixty-five. My father has a sister named Cinthya. People usually call her
Mrs. Erwin because she married Erwin. My grandparents live with my aunt and uncle, Mr. and Mrs.
Erwin. My aunt and uncle have a daughter named Linda. Since I don’t have a sister, Linda
becomes my dearest cousin.
Jawaban:
Mr. Nugraha Mrs. Nugraha
Mrs. Ferdi Mr. Ferdi Mrs. Erwin Mr. Erwin
Ardian Clara Linda
D. Ask your close friend about his/her family.

Write a descriptive about his/her family.
Contoh jawaban:
I have a close friend named Tiara. She lives with her family.
Tiara lives in a small village. Her father, Mr. Iwan, is a farmer and her mother, Mrs. Iwan, is
a tailor. Tiara has a younger brother named Rio. He still studies in a primary school.
Tiara and her family lives in a big house. Her house is surrounded by rice fields. There is a big
garden in front of her house. The garden is very beautiful with many flowers in it. There are also
some trees in the garden. That’s why, it is very shady.
Tiara likes her house so much. It’s far from the town, so it’s quiet. Furthermore, the air is still
fresh, and the water is very clear. It’s really different from the condition in towns.
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Greeting Cards
Spoken Text

Attention, please.
Our school will hold an English speaking contest at the school hall on January 20, 2010.
All students are invited to join the contest.
The text above is an announcement in spoken form.

An announcement is a spoken or written statement that informs people about something.
Written Text
The text above is a greeting card. It is used to congratulate on someone’s birthday.

Greeting cards are illustrated cards featuring expressions of friendship or other
sentiment. Although they are usually given on special occasions, such as birthdays or
holidays, they are also sent to convey gratitude or express other feelings.

1. Can you hear any announcements at your school?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can.
2. What announcements do you usually hear at school?
Contoh jawaban: An announcement about a flag hoisting ceremony or a test.
3. Have you ever sent a greeting card?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
4. In what occasion do you usually send a greeting card?
Contoh jawaban: On my friend’s birthday.

A. Read the following words.
Find out their meanings.
1. parking lot = tempat parkir
2. bike = sepeda
3. attention = perhatian
4. to build = membangun
5. language laboratory = laboratorium bahasa


(1) Attention, students.
We have a new (2) parking lot beside the school canteen. From now on, you should park your
(3) bikes there. The old parking lot will be (4) built into a (5) language laboratory. Thank you.
C. Answer the questions based on the announcement in Task B.

1. Where can you hear such an announcement?
Jawaban: At school.
2. Who do you think delivers the announcement?
Jawaban: A teacher.
3. What is the announcement about?
Jawaban: It’s about a new parking lot.
4. “From now on, you should park your bikes there.”
What does the word “you” refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the students.
5. What happens with the old parking lot?
Jawaban: It will be built into a language laboratory.
A. Make an announcement based on the following cue words.
What? An extracurricular activity (a computer course).
Who? All students.
When? Once a week in the afternoon.
Where? In the computer laboratory.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please.
We will have a new extracurricular activity. It is a computer course. It will be held once a week
in the afternoon in the computer laboratory.
All students are invited to join. Each classroom will have their own turn. So please read the
schedule on the announcement board.
B. Make announcements based on the following situations.
1. Your school principal, Mr. Irwan, will be retired next month. His position will be replaced by
a new principal, Mr. Rizal. Your school will have a small farewell party for Mr. Irwan and
a welcoming party for Mr. Rizal.
2. There is a new rule in your school. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the break.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Attention, please.
Our school principal, Mr. Irwan will be retired next month. He will be replaced by Mr. Rizal.
Therefore, the school committee will arrange a small party for them. Please join the party on
next Saturday morning at ten a.m. in the school hall. You may also show your performance in
the party. Thank you.
2. Attention, please.
Our school has issued a new rule. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the
break. Thank you.
A. Read the following text.

What is it about?
Jawaban:
It’s a greeting card to congratulate on someone’s graduation.

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.

Jawaban: To congratulate someone on his graduation.
2. Who sends the card?
Jawaban: Rico’s parents.
3. Whom is the card sent to?
Jawaban: Rico.
4. “. . . until their son is grown.”
What does the word ‘their’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to Rico’s parents’.
5. “Parents seldom realize . . . .”
What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Aware.
C. Match the following situations with the suitable greeting cards.
a b
Source: August 6, 2009 <http://www.123greetings.com/ Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.ckcpark.net>

family/baby/baby7.html>
1. It is a new year. You want to say a happy new year to your pen friend.
2. Your cousin is in hospital. You hope he will get well soon.
3. Your aunt gives a baby birth. You want to congratulate her.
Jawaban:
1. b 2. c 3. a
A. Write greeting cards based on the following situations.
1. Your close friend has won a competition.
Write a greeting card to congratulate him/her.
2. Your elder sister will get married next week.
Write a greeting card to congratulate the brides.
Contoh jawaban:
1.
2.
B. Write a greeting card.

You are free to choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:

Write a descriptive about your bike.
Read and memorize the words. in turns : secara bergantian

Use them whenever you speak English. to perch : hinggap
pillow : bantal
bench : bangku playground : tempat bermain
bolster : guling ripe : masak, matang
boredom : kebosanan to run : menjalankan
chess : catur shady : teduh
to convey : menyampaikan square : kotak
directly : secara langsung state : negara/negeri
hill : bukit to wonder : merasa heran
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
answer. My name is Aditya. I’d like to tell you about
my family.
1. Tiara : Dewa, what do you think of my I have a small family. There are only four
performance last night? people; my parents, my brother and me.
Dewa : That was great! You danced My father, Mr. Andika is forty years old, while
gracefully. I like it. my mother, Mrs. Andika is thirty-eight years old.
Tiara : Really? Thank you. My father is a doctor, and my mom is a teacher.
I have only an elder brother named Raka.
What did Tiara perform last night? He is about sixteen years old. He studies in
A. A play. B. A song. SMAN 1. He lives in a boarding house because
C. A dance. D. A speech. his school is far from our house. He usually
Jawaban: C comes home once a week.
Dewa berkata, ”You danced gracefully.”. 4. What is the monolog about?
Jadi, yang dipertunjukkan Tiara kemarin A. Aditya’s brother.
malam adalah tarian (a dance). B. Aditya’s family.
2. Diana : Do you like this bag, Fariz? C. Aditya’s father.
Fariz : I do. What about you, Diana? D. Aditya’s mother.
Diana : I like its model, but I don’t like the Jawaban: B
color. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
”My name is Aditya. I’d like to tell you
What does Diana feel about the bag? about my family.”. Jadi, teks tersebut
A. She likes its model and color. menjelaskan keluarga Aditya. Pilihan
B. She likes its color. jawaban yang lain salah karena
C. She dislikes its model. merupakan gagasan pendukung teks.
D. She dislikes its color. 5. Where does Raka study?
Jawaban: D A. In a state university.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Diana berkata, B. In a private university.
”I like its model, but I don’t like the color.”. C. In a senior high school.
Jadi, Diana menyukai model tas tersebut, D. In a junior high school.
tetapi tidak menyukai warnanya. Jawaban: C
3. Alya : Rio, what do you think of my Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”He studies in
sister? SMAN 1.”. Kata ’he’ dalam kalimat tersebut
Rio : Well, she is beautiful and friendly. mengacu kepada Raka. Jadi, Raka
Alya : You’re right. menuntut ilmu di SMAN 1 (in a senior high
school).
Who is beautiful and friendly?
A. Alya. B. Rio. Read the announcement and answer
C. Alya’s sister. D. Rio’s sister. questions 6 and 7.
Jawaban: C Attention, please.
Alya berkata, ”Rio, what do you think of my Due to the exhibition of the final exam for
sister?” dan dijawab Rio, ”Well, she is the students grade IX, the students grade VII
beautiful and friendly.”. Kata ’she’ dalam and VIII do not need to go to school for three
kalimat tersebut mengacu pada saudara days, starting from Monday, January 4, 2010.
perempuan Alya. Jadi, yang cantik dan In spite of having a holiday, don’t forget to
ramah adalah saudara perempuan Alya study at home. Thank you.
(Alya’s sister).

6. What is the announcement about? Jawaban: C
A. The test. Ucapan dalam kartu tersebut artinya ”Turut
B. The mid semester test. berduka cita”. Jadi, tujuan penulisan kartu
C. The final exam. tersebut adalah untuk menunjukkan
D. The holiday for the students grade VII simpati (ikut berduka cita). Pilihan jawaban
and VIII. yang lain salah; (A) artinya untuk memberi
Jawaban: D ucapan selamat kepada seseorang,
Inti dari pengumuman tersebut adalah (B) artinya untuk menunjukkan
siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan tidak perlu kebahagiaan, dan (D) artinya untuk
pergi ke sekolah (libur) karena ada mengungkapkan terima kasih.
kegiatan uji coba ujian akhir untuk siswa
9. “Please accept our condolences”.
kelas sembilan (kalimat ”Due to the
The bold typed word has a similar meaning
exhibition of the final exam for the students
to ________.
grade IX, the students grade VII and VIII
A. agree B. receive
do not need to go to school . . . .”). Pilihan
C. reject D. like
jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
Jawaban: B
merupakan inti pengumuman tersebut.
Kata ’accept’ artinya menerima. Kata
7. Whom is the announcement aimed to? tersebut memiliki makna yang sama
A. The teachers. dengan kata ’receive’. Pilihan jawaban
B. The examiners. yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan
C. The students grade IX. persamaan kata tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
D. The students grade VII and VIII. (A) artinya menyetujui, (C) artinya
Jawaban: D menolak, dan (D) artinya menyukai.
Pengumuman tersebut ditujukan kepada
siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan. Hal itu Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
disimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . ., the students Let me tell you about my family. My father
grade VII and VIII do not need to go to is fifty-four. He is a lot older than my mother.
school . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain She’s only forty-five. Dad has his own business.
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. He runs an export business. Mom helps him
with the business. I have a brother and a sister.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
So there are five people in my house.
The oldest is my brother Toni. He is
twenty-one. He studies in a university. The next
is my sister Alda. She is seventeen. She is in
the second grade of senior high school. Then,
it’s me. I’m the youngest child in my family.
8. What is the purpose of the card? Now, I am in the first grade of junior high
A. To congratulate someone. school.
B. To show happiness. We are all different. My father and I both
C. To show sympathy. are interested in swimming. We often go to the
D. To express gratitude. swimming pool together. Toni likes sports,
especially football. Meanwhile, Alda likes to
paint and draw.
Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2
10. What is the text about? 14. Vira : I am very tired. Where will we take
A. The writer. a shelter?
B. The writer’s family. Rian : ________ the tree. I think it is shady.
C. The writer’s parents. A. In B. On
D. The writer’s brother and sister. C. Under D. Beside
Jawaban: B Jawaban: C
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut Vira bertanya di mana mereka akan
menjelaskan tentang keluarga penulis. berteduh. Tempat yang sesuai untuk
Paragraf pertama menjelaskan orang tua berteduh adalah di bawah pohon. Jadi,
penulis, paragraf kedua menjelaskan preposisi yang tepat adalah under (di
saudara kandung penulis, dan paragraf bawah). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
ketiga menjelaskan hobi anggota keluarga karena bukan merupakan preposisi yang
penulis. tepat; (A) artinya di dalam, (B) artinya di
11. What does the writer’s father do? atas, dan (D) artinya di samping.
A. He is a doctor. 15.
B. He is a manager.
C. He is an importer.
D. He is an exporter.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima
dan keenam paragraf satu, yaitu ”Dad has
his own business. He runs an export
business.”. Jadi, ayah penulis adalah
seorang eksportir (pengusaha yang Adinda : What time will the course be
mengekspor barang ke luar negeri). over?
12. What does Alda like to do? Beni : It will be over at ________.
A. She likes to paint. A. a quarter to five
B. She likes to swim. B. a quarter past five
C. She likes to play football. C. a half past five
D. She likes to do some sports. D. a quarter to six
Jawaban: A Jawaban: B
Kalimat terakhir paragraf tiga tertulis Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 5:15.
”Meanwhile, Alda likes to paint and draw.”. Jadi, kursus akan berakhir pada pukul
Jadi, kegiatan yang disukai Alda adalah 5:15 (a quarter past five). Pilihan jawaban
melukis dan menggambar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pukul 4:45,
yang lain salah; (B) merupakan (C) artinya pukul 5:30, dan (D) artinya
kegemaran penulis dan ayahnya, pukul 5:45.
sedangkan (C) dan (D) merupakan
kegemaran Toni. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
13. “My father and I both are interested in I have a garden at the back yard. It is big
swimming.” (Paragraph 3) and clean.
The bold-typed phrase can be best My family and I love gardening. In my
replaced by ________. garden you can find some flowers, vegetables
A. keen on B. dislike and fruit trees. I myself plant the flowers. There
C. hate D. proud of are roses, jasmines and sunflowers. When they
Jawaban: A are blossoming, my garden looks so nice and
Frasa ’interested in’ dan ’keen on’ memiliki colorful. It also smells fragrant which attracts
arti yang sama, yaitu tertarik pada. Pilihan many insects to perch on the flowers.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban My mother plants some vegetables such
(B) artinya tidak suka, (C) artinya benci, as chilies, spinach and eggplants. Besides, on
dan (D) artinya bangga dengan. every corner, my father plants a fruit tree. We

have some fruit trees such as bananas, Jawaban: A
mangoes and rambutans. Berdasarkan kalimat awal paragraf dua,
Let me tell you. The garden becomes one yaitu ”There are same trees and plants in
of my family’s favorite places. We like to sit on my garden, such as flowers, vegetables
the benches under the trees. We like to do it and fruit trees.”, yang bukan merupakan
because we can relax and get the fresh air. We jenis tumbuhan yang ditanam di kebun
often have a chat or a small discussion there. penulis adalah tanaman obat-obatan
Furthermore, when the fruits are ripe, we can (herbs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
enjoy them together. karena sesuai dengan teks, khususnya
We always keep the garden clean. We paragraf dua dan tiga.
always sweep the fallen leaves and water the
19. “We like to do it because we can relax and
trees in turns. We also give the trees and plants
get the fresh air.” (Paragraph 4)
fertilizer so they grow well.
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
16. What is the text about? A. Have a chat.
A. The writer’s house. B. Plant the trees.
B. The writer’s garden. C. Enjoy the ripe fruit.
C. The writer’s plants. D. Sit on a bench under the tree.
D. The writer’s flowers. Jawaban: D
Jawaban: B Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut sebelumnya ”We like to sit on the benches
menjelaskan tentang kebun penulis (the under the trees.”. Jadi, kata ’it’ dalam
writer’s garden). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat tersebut mengacu pada duduk di
kalimat awal teks ”I have a garden at the bangku di bawah pohon (sit on a bench
back yard.” yang dilanjutkan dengan under the tree).
deskripsi tentang kebun tersebut dalam
20. “. . . which attracts many insects to perch
paragraf-paragraf berikutnya.
on the flowers.” (Paragraph 3)
17. Where is the garden? The opposite meaning of the bold-typed
A. In the house. word is ________.
B. In front of the house. A. invites B. takes
C. Behind the house. C. repels D. shows
D. Beside the house. Jawaban: C
Jawaban: C Kata ’attracts’ artinya menarik. Kata
Dalam kalimat pertama paragraf satu tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata
terdapat kalimat ”I have a garden at the ’repel’ yang artinya menolak. Pilihan
back yard.”. Kata ’back yard’ artinya jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
halaman belakang. Jadi, kebun tersebut merupakan lawan kata dari kata ’attract’.
berada di belakang rumah. Pilihan Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengundang,
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya di (B) artinya mengambil, dan (D) artinya
dalam rumah, (B) artinya di depan rumah, menunjukkan.
dan (D) artinya di samping rumah.
18. The following are the writer’s vegetations
in his/her garden, except ________.
A. herbs B. vegetables
C. fruit D. flowers
B. Complete the following text based on the following family tree.
Mr. Arya Mrs. Arya
Mr. Rendi Mrs. Rendi Mr. Galih Mrs. Galih Mr. Guntur
Rony Silvy Fariz
Let me tell you about Silvy’s family.

Silvy is Mr. and Mrs. Rendy’s (1) ________. She has a (2) ________ named Rony.
Mrs. Rendi’s (3) ________ is Mr. Arya. Therefore, Mr. Arya is Silvy’s (4) ________. Mr. Arya lives
together with his (5) ________ named Mrs. Arya in a village, far from their children.
Mr. and Mrs. Arya has three children, i.e. Mrs. Rendi, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. So, Silvy has
two (6) ________, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. Therefore, Silvy is Mr. Galih’s (7) ________, while
Rony is Mr. Galih’s (8) ________. Mr. and Mrs. Galih has one (9) ________ named Fariz. It means
that Fariz is Silvy’s (10) ________.
Jawaban:
1. daughter 2. brother 3. father
4. grandfather 5. wife 6. uncles
7. niece 8. nephew 9. son
10. cousin
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:

● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1.
Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

My father is Mr. Tio. He is forty years old.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
My mother is Rida, but people usually call her
answer.
Mrs. Tio. She is thirty-seven. My father is
1. Chintya : Irwan, do you like reading an accountant in a bank, and my mother is
novels? a nurse.
Irwan : I don’t. You know, it’s boring, I am the only child in my family. I have no
Chintya. I prefer reading comics brothers or sisters. However, I am not lonely.
to novels. My parents always have times for me.
Chintya : Reading comics? But why? Whenever I have problems, I always share
Irwan : Comics are attractive with them with my parents. They will help me solve
many pictures on them. my problems and give me some advice or
What does Irwan like to read? solutions.
A. Novels. B. Comics. 4. How old is Mrs. Tio?
C. Short stories. D. Poems. A. 27 B. 30
2. Mr. Arif: Shanty, what’s your opinion of C. 37 D. 40
going to Bali next holiday? 5. What does Reny do if she has problems?
Shanty : I think we’d better not going A. She keeps it herself.
there, Dad. It’s too far. B. She doesn’t care for the problems.
Mr. Arif : What about going to Puncak? C. She shares the problems with her
Shanty : I like that idea. friends.
What are the speakers going to do next D. She shares the problems with her
holiday? parents.
A. Go to Puncak. B. Go to Bali.
C. Go fishing. D. Go camping.
Attention, please.
3. Teddy : Niken, what do you think if we
On Saturday morning, we will hold
have lunch in Bonita Restaurant?
a working bee. Every student should bring
Niken : I think it’s not a good idea.
cleaning tools. You can bring a broom, a duster,
Teddy : Why? The foods in that restaurant
a cleaning cloth and so on. After the working
are delicious.
bee, we will have some snacks and drinks
Niken : You’re right, Teddy. However,
together. Please be informed.
eating there will cost much. I think
it will only waste our money. 6. What is the announcement about?
A. A working bee.
Why does Niken dislike to have lunch in
B. Cleaning tools.
Bonita Restaurant?
C. Snacks and drinks.
A. The food is expensive.
D. Classroom activities.
B. The food is not delicious enough.
C. The restaurant is not comfortable to 7. Where can you hear such
eat. an announcement?
D. The restaurant’s service is not A. In a hospital.
satisfying. B. At home.
C. In a park.
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. D. At school.
I am Reny. I am thirteen years old. Now, let
me tell you about my family.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. 11. How are the toilets?
A. They are big. B. They are dirty.
C. They are clean. D. They are small.
12. Where is the library?
A. Next to the computer room.
B. Behind the computer room.
C. Beside the sports hall.
D. Beside the parking area.
13. “There is a large parking area beside the
sports hall.” (Paragraph 3)
The similar meaning of the bold-typed
Source: August 5, 2009 <http:// word is ________.
www.123greetings.com/congratulations/new_baby/ A. tiny B. big
newbaby11.html> C. beautiful D. comfortable
14. Zaskia : Where does Yenni sit?
A. To express sympathy.
Gea : She sits in front of me.
B. To greet someone.
From the dialog we know that Gea sits
C. To express gratitude.
________ Yenni.
D. To congratulate on someone’s birth.
A. behind B. beside
9. “We are overjoyed at the arrival of the new C. in front of D. next to
member!”
15.
The opposite meaning of the bold-typed
word is ________.
A. delay B. cancelation
C. farewell D. departure
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
My school, SMPN 8 Yogyakarta, is located
at Jalan Diponegoro number 20 in the center of Joni : When do you usually have dinner,
the city. Prita?
My school is big. It has 18 clean Prita : I usually have dinner at ________.
classrooms, ten clean toilets, three laboratories, A. a quarter to six
a big library, a teachers’ room and a principal’s B. six o’clock
room. It has a beautiful school park in the C. a quarter past six
center of the school. D. a half past six
The computer room is next to the library, Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
and the sports hall is behind the computer
room. There is a large parking area beside the Mr. Jackson is an American teacher, but
sports hall. There are notice boards in every he lives and works in Denpasar. He teaches
classroom. English at SMP 8. He is a very good teacher.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School That is why his students like him.
Students Grade VII Mr. Jackson’s wife is an Indonesian. She
comes from Medan.The couples have one son
and one daughter. The children go to a primary
A. The writer’s house.
school.
B. The writer’s school.
C. The writer’s classroom.
D. The writer’s room.

Mr. Jackson’s house is made of wood. B. Complete the text based on the time
It has five rooms: a kitchen, a bathroom, a living schedule.
room and four bedrooms. The Jacksons have
a housemaid to help Mrs. Jackson do the Sunday
housework. She comes from Bantul.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High Time Activities
School (SMP/MTs)
4:30 a.m. wake up
16. What is the purpose of the text? 5 a.m. jog
A. To entertain the readers. 6:15 a.m. take a bath
B. To describe a particular person or place. 6:45 a.m. have breakfast
C. To show how to make something step 7:10 a.m. prepare everything before
by step. going to the zoo
D. To tell a past experience. 8:15 a.m. go to the zoo
17. Where does Mr. Jackson come from? 9:20 a.m. arrive at the zoo
A. America. B. Medan. 12:05 p.m. have lunch
C. Bantul. D. Indonesia.
It is Sunday. My family and I have a plan to
18. How many children do Mr. and go to the zoo. We wake up at (1) ________.
Mrs. Jackson have? Then, at (2) ________ we jog together. We
A. One. B. Two. always jog every Sunday morning.
C. Three. D. Four. After jogging and taking a rest for a while,
19. Which statement is NOT TRUE according I take a bath at (3) ________, and then I have
to the text? breakfast with my family at (4) ________. After
A. Mrs. Jackson comes from Medan. that, at about (5) ________ we prepare
B. Mr. and Mrs. Jackson live in Bali. everything before going to the zoo.
C. Mr. Jackson’s house is made of wood. After we have finished our preparation, we
D. There are three bedrooms in are ready to go to the zoo at (6) ________. The
Mr. Jackson’s house. journey takes about one hour. We arrive at the
zoo at (7) ________.
20. “She comes from Bantul.” (Paragraph 3) We spend about two and a half hours in
What does the bold-typed word refer to? the zoo. At about (8) ________ we have lunch
A. Mrs. Jackson’s mother. under a shady tree.
B. Mrs. Jackson’s wife.
C. Mrs. Jackson’s housemaid.
D. Mrs. Jackson’s daughter.
Jawaban Review Unit 1 pengumuman, hanya sebagai
informasi tambahan.
A. Pilihan Ganda
7. D. Dalam pengumuman tersebut
1. B. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Irwan
terdapat kalimat ”Every student
”I prefer reading comics to novels.”.
should bring cleaning tools.”. Jadi,
Jadi, Irwan suka membaca komik.
dapat disimpulkan bahwa
2. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut ayah pengumuman tersebut dapat didengar
meminta pendapat Shanty tentang di sekolah (at school).
tempat menghabiskan liburan. Ketika
8. D. Dalam kartu tersebut terdapat kalimat
ayah meminta pendapat Shanty untuk
”We are overjoyed at the arrival of the
berlibur ke Puncak, Shanty menyata-
new member!” yang artinya ”Kami
kan persetujuannya dengan berkata
sangat bahagia menyambut
”I like that idea.”. Jadi, yang akan
kedatangan anggota baru.”. Jadi,
dilakukan Shanty dan ayahnya adalah
dapat disimpulkan bahwa kartu
pergi ke Puncak pada liburan
tersebut bertujuan untuk memberi
mendatang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
ucapan selamat atas kelahiran
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
seseorang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
percakapan.
salah karena bukan merupakan tujuan
3. A. Meskipun makanan di rumah makan kartu tersebut.
Bonita lezat, Niken tidak suka karena
9. D. Kata ’arrival’ artinya kedatangan. Kata
makanannya mahal (expensive). Hal
tersebut berlawanan makna dengan
itu diketahui dari ucapan Niken
kata ’departure’ yang artinya
”However, eating there will cost much.
keberangkatan. Pilihan jawaban yang
I think it will only waste our money.”
lain salah; (A) artinya penundaan,
yang artinya ”Namun, makan di sana
(B) artinya pembatalan, dan (C)
mahal. Aku pikir itu hanya akan
artinya perpisahan.
menghamburkan uang saja.”. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan 10. B. Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut
merupakan alasan Niken tidak menjelaskan tentang sekolah penulis.
menyukai makanan di rumah makan Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awal
Bonita. paragraf satu, yaitu ”My school, State
Junior High School 8 of Yogyakarta, is
4. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat
. . . .”. Deskripsi tentang sekolah
”My mother is Rida, but people usually
penulis dilanjutkan dalam paragraf-
call her Mrs. Tio. She is thirty seven.”.
paragraf berikutnya.
Jadi, usia Bu Tio adalah 37 tahun.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 11. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
kedua paragraf dua, yaitu ”It has 18
5. D. Ketika mendapat masalah, Reny
clean classrooms, ten clean toilets,
membaginya dengan orang tuanya.
. . . .”. Jadi, toilet-toilet di sekolah
Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat
tersebut bersih (clean). Pilihan
”Whenever I have problems, I always
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
share them with my parents.”. Kata ’I’
sesuai dengan isi teks.
dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada
Reny. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 12. A. Kalimat pertama paragraf tiga tertulis
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. ”The computer room is next to the
library . . . .”. Karena ruang komputer
6. A. Pengumuman tersebut berisi tentang
berada di sebelah perpustakaan,
kerja bakti (a working bee). Hal itu
dengan kata lain perpustakaan
diketahui dari kalimat ”On Saturday
berada di sebelah ruang komputer
morning, we will hold a working bee.”.
(next to the computer room). Pilihan
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
karena bukan merupakan inti

jawaban (B) dan (D) merupakan letak 18. B. Pak Jackson memiliki dua anak (satu
gedung olahraga, sedangkan (C) anak laki-laki dan satu anak
merupakan letak tempat parkir. perempuan). Hal itu diketahui dari
13. B. Kata ’large’ dan ’big’ artinya sama, kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu
yaitu besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain ”Mr. and Mrs. Jackson have one son
salah; (A) artinya sangat kecil, (C) and one daughter.”.
artinya indah, dan (D) artinya nyaman. 19. D. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan
teks adalah ada tiga kamar tidur di
14. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Gea
rumah Pak Jackson. Hal itu tidak
mengatakan bahwa Yenni duduk di
sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf
depannya. Karena Yenni duduk di
tiga, yaitu ”It has five rooms:
depan Gea, itu berarti Gea duduk di
a kitchen, a bathroom, a living room
belakang (behind) Yenni. Pilihan
and four bedrooms.”. Jadi, jumlah
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
kamar tidur di rumah Pak Jackson
jawaban (B) dan (D) artinya di
adalah empat, bukan tiga. Pilihan
samping/sebelah, sedangkan (C)
jawaban yang lain salah karena
artinya di depan.
sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan
15. C. Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 6.15. jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
Jadi, Prita biasanya makan malam kedua paragraf dua, (B) sesuai
pada pukul 6.15 (a quarter past six). dengan kalimat pertama paragraf
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. satu, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pukul 5.45, pertama paragraf tiga.
(B) artinya pukul 6, dan (D) artinya
20. C. Kata ’she’ dalam kalimat tersebut
pukul 6.30.
mengacu pada pembantu rumah
16. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks tangga Pak Jackson (Mr. Jackson’s
deskriptif, yaitu menggambarkan housemaid). Hal itu disimpulkan dari
keluarga Pak Jackson dan tempat kalimat sebelumnya ”The Jacksons
tinggalnya. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut have a housemaid to help Mrs.
adalah menjelaskan seseorang atau Jackson do the housework.”. Pilihan
tempat tertentu. Pilihan jawaban yang jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan teks.
merupakan tujuan teks naratif, (C)
merupakan tujuan teks prosedur, dan B. Isian
(D) merupakan tujuan teks recount.
1. a half past four
17. A. Pada kalimat pertama paragraf satu
2. five o’clock
tertulis ”Mr. Jackson is an American
3. a quarter past six
teacher . . . .” yang artinya ”Pak
4. a quarter to seven
Jackson adalah guru berkebangsaan
5. ten past seven
Amerika.”. Jadi, kesimpulannya
6. a quarter past eight
adalah Pak Jackson berasal dari
7. twenty past nine
Amerika. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
8. five past twelve
salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) merupakan
asal istrinya, (C) merupakan asal
pembantu rumah tangganya, dan
(D) adalah negara tempat tinggalnya
sekarang.
Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti
kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun
phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
My Bird
I have a pet. It is a bird and its name is Vorto.
Vorto is funny and nice. It has colorful feathers and a beautiful voice. I love it very much.
Every morning I clean Vorto’s cage. Then, I feed it some bananas, or sometimes I give it some
caterpillars. Actually I’m afraid of caterpillars, but I try to do that for my lovely bird. Vorto itself likes
caterpillars very much. It sings louder than usual after I feed it.
Vorto becomes one of my friends at home. I like playing with it in my spare time. It is
enjoyable playing with it Vorto.
Text 2
The Mango Tree in Our School
There are some trees in our school. Among them, there is a mango tree. The tree is in front of
our classroom.
The mango tree is very old. Maybe, it is the oldest tree at school. The trunk is very big. It takes
two children with arms outstretched to completely circle it. Surprisingly, it still bears a lot of fruit.
No wonder, when mango season comes, my friends and I get excited. We all like to come to school
really early so we can pick all the good ones. Before going home, we can’t help taking a look at the
mouth watering sight on the tree, hoping that we might climb it again the next day.
Source: New Let’s Talk Grade VII for Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 3
Our School
Our school has two parking lots. One of them is near the front yard. The students should park
their bicycles there. The other parking lot is for the staff’s motorcycles. It is next to the staff’s room,
opposite Class IXC. The principal’s room is between the staff’s room and the school office.
There are six toilets in the school. Four of them are in the corner, at the back. They are for
students. And the other two are next to Class IXD. They are for the staff and guests.
We have a sports hall at the back, behind classrooms VIIIA, B and C. Next to the sports hall
are two small dressing rooms. The science lab is between Class IXA and the library. If we want to
have snacks and drinks, we can go to the school cafeteria near Class VIID.

Text 4
My Grandmother’s House
I like to go to my grandmother’s house. It is situated on the hill. It has a very beautiful green
rice field scenery. At the backyard there is a chicken farm. My grandma really loves and keeps the
chicken well.
My grandmother’s house is not big, but it is lovely and clean. I love staying there. This is the
place where my grandmother’s family spends most of their time together.
The house has three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, a kitchen and two bathrooms. At
the front, there is a living room. Next to this room is a dining room. My grandmother’s bedroom is
near the dining room. There is a toilet inside the room. There is a kitchen and two bathrooms at the
back part of the house.
Each room has some furniture. My grandmother arranges the furniture properly. They are not
expensive, but she always keeps them clean from dust. She does this because she wants to make
her house the nicest place to live in.
Text 5
My Family
My family consists of four people. They are my father whose name is Jan, my mother whose
name is Airin, my brother Ruly and of course me. The four of us live together in our apartment.
My father is forty-seven years old. He likes gardening very much. Besides, he also likes
listening to music and reading books about political science. His special hobbies are bird watching
and traveling. My mother is forty-three. She also has similar hobbies as my father does.
My brother is seventeen. He attends high school. He is interested in computers and sports like
football and hockey. He also spends a lot of time with his friends.
My parents have assigned me certain duties around the house. I don’t mind helping out
because everyone in a family should contribute in some way. I help with the washing up, the
vacuuming and the shopping. Of course, I also have to keep my room tidy as well.
My brother is responsible for the dusting and the mopping. He also has to clean his own room.
Sometimes my brother and I fight about who has to do what job. However, we are still very close.
I am very close to my parents. I can rely on them and they will always try to help me.
My parents work together to keep our home well.
Adapted from: August 6, 2009 <http://www.maturita.cz/anglictina/myfamily.htm>
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you
will be able to:
● ask for and give things,
● deliver the description of
a particular person using
spoken English,
● create short functional
texts (announcements),
● write descriptives properly,
● write short functional texts
(notices),
● use the simple present
tense, and
● mention parts of the
body, human physical
appearances and people’s
jobs correctly.
Perhaps one day someone asks you, “How does your sister/
brother look like?” How will you answer the question? Perhaps
another day you should meet a person whom you don’t know. You just
know how he/she is like. Can you quickly find him/her among other
people? In conclusion, describing people is really important. This unit
gives you vocabulary dealing with physical description, and how to
describe people properly.

2.1 Expression
Asking for and Giving Things
Read the following dialogs.
Please bring me Um . . . the eggs you

the screwdriver. are frying smell very
Yes, of
1 2 delicious, Mom. May
course.
I have one?
Sure. Here
you are.
The sentences, “Please bring me the screwdriver.” and “May I have one?” are used to
ask for things. The sentences “Sure. Here you are.” and “Yes, of course.” are used to give
things.
Here are some other expressions used to ask for and give things.
Asking for Something Giving Something
● Could you please . . .? ● Sure.

● Would you kindly give me . . .? ● Yes, of course.
● May I have it, please? ● Certainly, here it is.
● Can I have one? ● Sure. Here you are.
● Can you give me . . .? ● No problem.
● Please take me that . . . . ● Please do so.
● Please give me one. ● It’s O.K. I give you one.
● Give me some envelopes, please. ● Certainly.
● I’d like a glass of tea, please. ● Yes, here it is.
● Pass me the chili, please. ● Help yourself.
● Yes, please.
1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?
Jawaban: Asking for and giving opinions, expressing likes and dislikes.
2. Suppose you want to ask for your friend’s opinion about today’s English test. What will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “What do you think about the English test today?”
3. Suppose you want to say that you like certain food. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Fried rice is my favorite food.”

Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Nia : We have arrived in Jogja. We need to call Rina to make sure (1) where her house is.
Ratno : You are right. But (2) my mobile phone is broken.
Danny : Well, just use mine. (3) Here it is.
Ratno : Thanks.
Dialog 2
Old man : Please have a pity on me. I haven’t eaten for days.
Ria : Oh, sorry to hear that. Please wait for a moment. I have some food for you.
Old man : Thank you.
A moment later . . . .
Ria : Here you are, Sir. I hope (4) it is enough for you.
Old man : Thank you, Miss. (5) You are very kind.
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.
Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.
1. Mr. Hasan : Please pass me the sugar.
Mrs. Hasan : Sure. Here you are.
2. Ida : Could I borrow the magazine?
Ima : Sorry. My father is going to read it.
3. Manager : Could you please bring the document here?
Secretary : Yes, Sir.
4. Adi : May I have a glass of coffee, please?
Waiter : Sorry, we don’t serve coffee here.
5. Mrs. Janssen : Please take the cheese in the refrigerator, Tommy.
Tommy : O.K., Mom. Here it is.

B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A?
1. ______ For dialog 1. The speakers are visiting Yogyakarta.
2. ______ Danny offers Ratno to use his mobile phone.
3. ______ Ratno is going to phone Danny.
4. ______ For dialog 2. The dialog happens between a waiter and a customer.
5. ______ Ria gives some food to the old man.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Ratno is going to phone Rina.)
4. F (The dialog happens between a girl and an old beggar.)
5. T
C. Listen to your teacher.

Repeat after him/her.
What is each dialog about?
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Dialog 1
Aldo : Ouch, . . . it is very painful!
Mother : What happens, Aldo?
Aldo : Oh, my tooth. I think I get a cavity or something.
Mother : How poor you are. Do you want to take medicine to reduce the pain?
Aldo : I think so.
Mother : Let me take it. . . . Here you are.
Aldo : Thanks, Mom.
Mother : You’re welcome.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Harry : Andre, why don’t you have lunch now? I have fried some chicken meat for you.
Andre : Really? Oh, thank you very much, Mom.
Mrs. Harry : You’re welcome. Here it is.
Andre : Oh, the chicken meat looks very delicious. Mom, may I give some to Mr. Ronny?
Mrs. Harry : Mr. Ronny . . . who?
Andre : The pedicab driver. He said that he hadn’t eaten since yesterday.
Mrs. Harry : Of course you can, Andre. You are a kind boy. I am proud of you.
Andre : Thanks, Mom.
Jawaban:
Dialog 1 is about Aldo who gets a toothache.
Dialog 2 is about giving some food to a starving pedicab driver.
D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.

Dialog 1
1. What’s wrong with Aldo?
Jawaban: He has got a toothache.
2. What does Mother offer to give him?
Jawaban: Medicine to reduce the pain.
Dialog 2
1. Mrs. Harry says, “Here it is.”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She gives something.
2. What does Andre want to do?
Jawaban: He wants to give some of the fried chicken to Mr. Ronny.
3. Who is Mr. Ronny?
Jawaban: A pedicab driver who hasn’t eaten since yesterday.
Variasi:
Repeat after him/her.
1. Mr. Tom’s family is in a restaurant. They want to order some food.
Waiter : Are you ready to order, Sir?
Mr. Tom : Yes, please. Sigit, what do you want?
Sigit : I want chicken noodles.
Mrs. Tom : No, you may not. That’s too spicy, right?
Sigit : O.K., I’d like gudeg, please.
Mr. Tom : That’s good for you. And you, Haidar?
Haidar : I want gado-gado.
Mrs. Tom : My husband and I want meatballs, please. One more thing, please give us
four glasses of iced-tea. O.K., that’s all our order.
Waiter : Yes, Ma’am. Right away.
2. Dany and Eki are in the laboratory. Dany is doing an experiment and Eki is assisting him.
Dany : Give me a magnifying glass, please.
Eki : Here you are.
Danny : Thanks, Ki. Look! The object is very clear. Now, draw the object for our report.
Eki : That’s easy. It will not take a long time.
Danny : That sounds good. Hurry up! The time is limited.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1
1. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In a restaurant.
2. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are customers and a waiter.
3. What does Sigit want at first?
Jawaban: He wants chicken noodles.
4. Why doesn’t Mrs. Tom agree with Sigit’s order?
Jawaban: Because it’s too spicy.
5. What do Mr. and Mrs. Tom order?
Jawaban: They order meatballs.

Dialog 2
1. In your opinion, what are the speakers doing?
Jawaban: They are observing an object under a microscope.
2. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a school laboratory.
3. What does Danny need at first?
Jawaban: A magnifying glass.
4. Danny said, “Now, draw the object for our report.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks someone to do something (an order).
5. What did Eki say to give services for Danny?
Jawaban: He said, “That’s easy. It will not take a long time.”
E. Recall the names of these parts of the body you learned last semester.
Mention the names.
1 Jawaban:
1. hair 2. forehead
2 3. eyebrow 4. eye
3
4 5. nose 6. tooth
15 7. mouth 8. lip
14 5
13 9. beard 10. chin
12 6
11 7 11. tongue 12. moustache
8
10
9 13. nostril 14. cheek
15. ear
F. The words below can be used to describe parts of the body.

Find their meanings in the dictionary.
1. chubby = gemuk
2. slim = langsing
3. curly hair = rambut keriting
4. straight hair = rambut lurus
5. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang
6. blond hair = rambut pirang
7. bald = gundul
8. slanted eyes = mata sipit
9. hooked nose = hidung melengkung
10. wide mouth = mulut lebar
11. light eyebrows = bulu mata tipis
12. prominent/pointed nose = hidung mancung
13. oval face = wajah oval
14. round face = wajah bulat
15. fair complexion = kulit putih
G. Match the following descriptions with the correct pictures.
a b c d
e f g h
1. The woman has long and curly hair.

2. The man has an oval face and thick eyebrows.
3. The man is bald and fat.
4. The woman has straight black hair and slanted eyes.
5. The man is old and uses a stick when walking.
6. The woman has big eyes and wavy hair.
7. The man is thin and tall.
8. The woman is slim. She has long and straight hair.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b 6. h 7. g 8. d
A. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the boxes.
Dialog 1
a. I think my mother also needs to buy glasses b. Where did you buy them
c. Here it is d. comfortable to wear anymore
e. the styles are fashionable
Nessya : New glasses, huh?

Irma : Yeah. My old ones are not (1) ________.
Nessya : (2) ________?
Irma : In Rama optic. The prices there are affordable, and (3) ________.
Nessya : Please tell me where it is. (4) ________.
Irma : Sure. If you want, I have the name card of the owner. (5) ________.
Nessya : Thank you very much.

Jawaban:
1. d 2. b 3. e 4. a 5. c
Dialog 2
a. a pot of black coffee b. Great

c. I’d like to order some breakfast d. How long will it take
e. That’s right
Room service :
Room service. Good morning.
Mary Jones :
Good morning. This is room 113. (1) ________, please.
Room service :
Right. Excuse me, am I talking with Mrs. Jones?
Mary Jones :
(2) ________.
Room service :
What can I do for you, Ma’am?
Mary Jones :
I’d like to have two glasses of grapefruit juice, marmalade, two scrambled eggs
with two sausages, toast and (3) ________, please. (4) ________?
Room service : Just a few minutes, Ma’am.
Mary Jones : (5) ________! Thank you.
Room service : You’re welcome.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.audioenglish.net/english-learning/english_dialogue_hotel_room_service_1.htm>
Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. b
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1
1. What’s wrong with Irma’s old glasses?
Jawaban: They are not comfortable to wear anymore.
2. What does Irma like from Rama optic?
Jawaban: The prices there are affordable, and the styles are fashionable.
3. Why does Nessya ask Irma the address of the optic?
Jawaban: Because her mother may need to buy glasses there.
4. What does Irma give to Nessya?
Jawaban: The name card of Rama optic’s owner.
5. What does she say when giving the thing?
Jawaban: She says, “Here it is.”
Dialog 2
Jawaban: In a hotel.
2. When does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In the morning.
3. Mrs. Jones says, “I’d like to order some breakfast, please.”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She wants to ask for something.
4. What juice does she order?
Jawaban: Grapefruit juice.
5. How many scrambled eggs does she want?
Jawaban: Two.
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialog with the suitable words from the box.
a. the final exam b. for your final exam c. that newspaper

d. my school project e. Yes, of course
Uncle Ferdi : Hello, Risa. Where have you been?

Risa : Oh, hello, Uncle Ferdi. I’m very busy with (1) ________.
Uncle Ferdi : Oh, I see. By the way, Risa, can you give me (2) ________? I haven’t read it yet.
Risa : Sure, Uncle. Here you are.
Uncle Ferdi : How’s your school anyway?
Risa : Everything’s fine, Uncle. Only I will have (3) ________ next month. By the way,
would you please pass me the magazine, Uncle?
Uncle Ferdi : (4) ________. O.K., just study hard (5) ________.
Risa : Yes, Uncle. Thank you very much.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.

1. What makes Risa busy?
Jawaban: Her school project.
2. Uncle Ferdy says, “Can you give me that newspaper?”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: He wants to ask for something.
3. When will Risa face the final exam?
Jawaban: Next month.
4. What does Risa ask her uncle to do?
Jawaban: To pass her the magazine.
5. Are there any expressions of giving something in the dialog?
Jawaban: Yes, there are. They are: “Here you are.” and “Yes, of course.”
C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.
Dialog 1
3 Ryan : Well, just open the envelope.
2 Linda : What is it?
5 Ryan : You’re welcome.
4 Linda : Oh, the photos when we were in Prambanan Temple. Thanks, Ryan. They are very
beautiful.
1 Ryan : Linda, I have something for you.
Dialog 2
5 Lina : Please take some more.
6 Eny : Thanks. Er . . . may I ask for the recipe? I want to make it myself.
3 Lina : How does it taste?

2 Eny : O.K.
7 Lina : Sure. Let me look for my recipe book first.
4 Eny : Hmm . . . very delicious.
1 Lina : Please taste the cheese stick I have made.
D. Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the dialogs in Task C?
1. ______ For dialog 1. Linda gives Ryan some photos.
2. ______ The photos were taken when they visited Prambanan Temple.
3. ______ For dialog 2. Lina’s mother has made the cheese stick.
4. ______ Eny thinks that the cheese stick is delicious.
5. ______ Eny wants to buy the cheese stick.
Jawaban:
1. F (It is Ryan who gives Linda some photos.)
2. T
3. F (Lina has made the cheese stick, not her mother.)
4. T
5. F (Eny wants to ask for the recipe of the cheese stick.)
Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Ryan gives some articles about the Prambanan Temple.
2. ______ Ryan puts the things in an envelope.
3. ______ For dialog 2. Eny offers Lina some cheese stick.
4. ______ Lina gets the cheese stick by buying it.
5. ______ Eny asks for the recipe from Lina.
Jawaban:
1. F (Ryan gives Linda some photos when they were in Prambanan Temple.)
2. T
3. F (Lina offers Eny some cheese stick.)
4. F (She gets the cheese stick by making it herself.)
5. T
E. Read the dialogs and repeat after your teacher.
Nia : Where does Mr. Greg work?

Henky : He works in a circus.
Nia : Is he an animal trainer?
Henky : No. He is a clown.
Nia : What does he look like?
Henky : He is chubby, wears glasses, and looks friendly.
Picture source:
August 5, 2009 <http://
www.s.bebo.com---
Roy_'Chubby'_Brown.jpg>
2
Julie : What does Mr. Budi do?

Andrew : He works as an entertainer.
Julie : What does he do in his job?
Andrew : He acts in films and makes people laugh.
Julie : What does he look like?
Andrew : He is fat and has curly hair.
Picture source:
August 5, 2009 <http://
www.facebook.com---
Budihanduk>
F. Work in pairs.
Complete the following dialogs based on the pictures.
Use the words given.
Mrs. Harris – veterinarian – hospital – slim, short and blond
1 hair
Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work?
Dina : ________________.
Adi : Is she ________________?
Dina : No. ________________.
Adi : What does she look like?
Dina : She is ________________.
Picture source: August 27, 2009
<http://z.about.com---VeterinarianCat-
iStock_000005354260.jpg>
Ms. Tina – singer – oval face, long and black hair

2
Titi : What does Ms. Tina do?
Robert : ________________.
Titi : What does she do in her job?
Robert : ________________.
Titi : What does she look like?
Robert : ________________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work?
Dina : She works in a hospital.
Adi : Is she a nurse?
Dina : No. She is a veterinarian.
Picture source: Adi : What does she look like?
September 30, 2009
<http://globalonlinez.
Dina : She is tall, slim, and has short and blond hair.
fileswordpress.com--- 2. Titi : What does Ms. Tina do?
tina_toon001.jpg>
Robert : She is a singer.
Titi : What does she do in her job?
Robert : She sings on stages and makes albums.
Titi : What does she look like?
Robert : She has an oval face, and long and black hair.

G. Make dialogs based on the following pictures.
Use expressions of asking for and giving something.
1 2
Contoh jawaban:
1. Robby : I bought two glasses of iced orange. Here is one for you.
Ryan : Oh, thank you. You are very kind.
Robby : Don’t mention it. Well, just drink it before the bell rings.
Ryan : Sure.
2. Rina : Hi, Asih. What are you doing?
Asih : Hi, Rin. Oh, just looking at this book.
Rina : What book is it? It looks interesting.
Asih : Oh, it is a visual dictionary. I think it is good to learn English vocabulary using this book.
Rina : I see. May I borrow it?
Asih : Sure. Here you are.
2.2 Genre
Spoken Text

Listen, everyone. I’d like to tell you about
Mr. Satria. Mr. Satria is a truck driver. Every day
he drives a large vehicle, a truck. He is thin and
always wears a T-shirt when he works.
You know, he often has to drive great
distances which can take him away from his
home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has
to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat.
Do you know why? Because he has to arrive
to his destination on time. Furthermore,
to anticipate there is a flat tire or the truck runs out of gas, he also has to bring extra money.
Mr. Satria certainly knows that his job is not easy, but he never complains. He loves his job.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/
Visual-Dictionary—Work/Truck-driver.htm>
The text above is a descriptive, but in spoken form. A spoken text is also called a monolog.
In delivering a spoken text, you can use some expressions to interact with the audience,
such as “Listen, everyone.”, “May I have your attention, please?” and “Attention, all.”.
Besides, you can also use some fillers in it, such as well, you know, um . . ., er . . ., etc.
Written Text
Identification Mr. Satria is a driver. He drives a large vehicle, called a truck,

every day. He is thin and wears a T-shirt when he works.
Mr. Satria generally has to drive great distances which can take
him away from his home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has
Description to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat because he has to
arrive to his destination on time. He also has to bring extra money in
case there is a flat tire or he runs out of petrol. Although he has to
face difficulties, Mr. Satria really loves his work.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/
Visual-Dictionary—Work/Truck-driver.htm>
The text above is a descriptive in written form. A descriptive functions to describe

a particular thing, place or person.
A descriptive consists of:
● Identification : identifies the person, place or thing to be described.
● Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or
thing.
In a descriptive, you usually use the simple present tense.

Grammar Section
The Simple Present Tense

Read the following sentences.
1 2
My father jogs every morning. The girl is slim.
The sentences above use the simple present tense. You use the simple present tense to
express habitual or every day activities (sentence 1). You also use it to say that something
was true in the past, is true in the present, and will be true in the future (sentence 2). In other
words, you use it to express general truth.
Patterns:
(+) S + V(-s/-es) + (O)
Subject Verb (-s/-es) (Object) (Adverb)

I like mangoes.
Ani and Aldo study in SMPN 2.
Mr. Janseen works in a shop.
Ms. Lusy sells vegetables.
(–) S + do/does + not + Vbase + (O)
Subject Do/Does Not Verb base (Object) (Adverb)

I do not like apples.
Ani and Aldo do not study in SMPN 4.
Mr. Janseen does not work in a factory.
Ms. Lusy does not sell fruits.
(?) Do/Does + S + Vbase + (O) + . . .?
Do/Does Subject Verb base (Object) (Adverb)

Do you like mangoes?
Do Ani and Aldo study in SMPN 2?
Does Mr. Janseen work in a shop?
Does Ms. Lusy sell vegetables?
Note:
1. You use V(-s/-es) in positive statements. The subject of this verb is the third singular
person (he, she, it, Mr. Arman, the cat, etc).
2. In negative and interrogative sentences, you use:
● do o I/You/We/They/People/The children (plural subjects)
● does o He/She/It/Mr. Arman/The man (singular subjects)
Here are some other examples:
● Lia works in an office.
● Saptono doesn’t like his present job.
● Do you always attend a computer fair?

1. In Unit 1, you have learned about a descriptive. What is a descriptive?
Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
2. What is the purpose of a descriptive?
Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
3. What is the structure of a descriptive?
Jawaban: Identification and description.
4. Mention some topics which you can use to describe something.
Contoh jawaban: My rabbit, my school, the lion I saw in the zoo.

Answer the questions based on the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:

Lidya is a nurse. She works in a hospital in Surabaya. She helps the doctors and looks after
the patients. She gives the patients the medicines, and she often talks to them and listens to
their problems. Sometimes, she talks to the patients’ families. She always wears his nurse’s
uniform.
1. What does Lidya do?

Jawaban: She is a nurse.
2. Where does she work?
Jawaban: She works in a hospital in Surabaya.
3. What are her duties?
Jawaban: Her duties are to help the doctors and look after the patients.
4. Whom does she often talk to?
Jawaban: To the patients and sometimes their families.
5. What does she give to the patients?
Jawaban: Medicines.
Variasi:
What does he/she tell you about?

Hello, everybody. Do you have a brother or a sister? Please tell me, what he or she
looks like.
Now, I’ll tell you about my only one brother. His name is Hendi. He is quite young, about
seventeen years old. He is tall and energetic. He has dark skin, big eyes and a pointed nose.
Different from me, he has dark straight hair and an oval face. He is also pretty handsome,
you know. In his daily life, he prefers wearing a T-shirt and jeans.
My brother is an OSIS chairperson in his school. He is smart. He is also friendly. No
wonder that he has many friends.
O.K., that’s all about my brother.
Jawaban:
The text is about the description of the speaker’s brother named Hendi.
B. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
1. How old is Hendi?
Jawaban: He is about seventeen years old.
2. How is Hendi’s hair?
Jawaban: It is dark and straight.
3. What does Hendi prefer wearing in his daily life?
Jawaban: A T-shirt and jeans.
4. What position does Hendi have in his school?
Jawaban: He is an OSIS chairperson.
5. Why does Hendi have many friends?
Jawaban: Because he is smart and friendly.
C. Listen to the text in Task A once again.
Complete the following table based on the text.
Name ________________________________
Age ________________________________
Height ________________________________
Skin ________________________________
Eyes ________________________________
Nose ________________________________
Hair ________________________________
Face ________________________________
Characteristics ________________________________
Jawaban:
Name Hendi
Age about 17 years old
Height tall
Skin dark
Eyes big
Nose pointed
Hair dark and straight
Face oval
Characteristics handsome, energetic, smart, friendly

Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Let me introduce you my friend who sits next to me. Her name is Ita. She is beautiful. What
I like from her is that she has long (1) black hair and thick (2) eyebrows. Although her nose is
(3) hooked, it is small and looks (4) proportional with her face. She is not so tall, about (5) 1.50
meters tall. She is also a (6) nice friend to talk with. That’s why, I like (7) to talk with her very
much. We often (8) discuss our school problems together. Sometimes we also (9) study together
at her house. I am (10) happy to have her as a friend.

C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?
1. ______ Ita is the speaker’s friend.
2. ______ Ita has thin eyebrows.
3. ______ Ita has a pointed and small nose.
4. ______ Her height is 1.50 meters.
5. ______ The speaker likes to discuss her school problems with Ita.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (She has thick eyebrows.)
3. F (She has a hooked and small nose.)
4. T
5. T
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.
Complete the following statements based on the text you have heard.

Hello, my name is Zakia Arsita. My friend tells me that I am beautiful with my oval face.
I live at Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan. I was born on March 23, 1995. I like my hair
very much. It is long straight black hair. I usually wash it three times a week. Well, my eyes
are small. It makes me look calm, said my friend. I also have a pointed nose.
You know what! My favorite person is Michael Schumacher. He was a Formula One
racer. I admire him very much and always like to watch his races on TV. I have learned from
him that I should never easily give up. How about you?
1. The text describes ________.

2. The speaker has a/an ________ face.
3. The speaker lives at ________.
4. The speaker is ________ years old now.
5. The speaker likes her ________ very much.
6. The speaker hair is ________.
7. The speaker washes her hair ________.
8. The speaker has ________ eyes and a ________ nose.
9. The speaker idol is ________.
10. The speaker has learned from her idol that ________.
Jawaban:
1. the speaker herself named Zakia Arsita 2. oval
3. Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan 4. nearly fifteen
5. hair 6. long, straight and black
7. three times a week 8. small; pointed
9. Michael Schumacher 10. she should never easily give up
A. Look at the pictures and read the data.
Describe the people based on the data.
You may add other information you know about the people.
Picture source: August 27, 2009

<http://www.rujakmanis.com---Aduh Kasian
Lagi Pusing Ya__ Choky Sitohang.jpg>
Name : Choky Sitohang

Nickname : Choky
Place and Date of Birth : Bandung, July 10, 1982
Occupation : Sports and Music Presenter
First Career : News reader in a private company in 2002
Presenter of TV Programs : ● Happy Song (Indosiar 2009)
● Take Me Out (Indosiar 2009)
Physical Appearance : Oval face, short hair, pointed nose
Dreams : To have a management office in entertainment.
To have a broadcasting school.
Sources: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/06/choky-sitohang/>
September 29, 2009 <http://vibizlife.com/
success_details.php?pg=achievements&id=3967&sub=success&awal=60&page=7>
Picture source: September 29, 2009

<http://www.chelseaolivia.alixwijaya.com>

Name : Chelsea Olivia Wijaya
Place and Date of Birth : Jakarta, July 29, 1992
Parents : Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine
Occupation : An actress
Hobby : Sleeping, listening to music, shopping
Favorite Food : Fried chicken, roasted gurami
Favorite Drink : Sekoteng
Physical Appearance : Oval face, pointed nose, long black hair
Source: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/03/chelsea-olivia-wijaya/>
Contoh jawaban:
1. This young man is Choky Sitohang. You can call him Choky. He was born in Bandung,
27 years ago, precisely on July 10, 1982. He is quite handsome, with an oval face, short hair
and a pointed nose. He works as a presenter. Now, he becomes the presenter of Happy Song
and Take Me Out. Both are broadcast by Indosiar. You know, he works hard every day. He
wants to have a management office in entertainment and a broadcasting school. He thinks that
he can be successful because of God’s blessing, besides trying to have integrity and be
humble.
2. Let me tell you about Chelsea Olivia Wijaya. You must be familiar with her name, right?
Chelsea, was born in Jakarta, July 29, 1992. It means she is seventeen years old now. Her
parents are Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine. She is well-known as a young talented
actress. Talking about her interest, she likes sleeping, listening to music and shopping. Her
favorite foods are fried chicken and roasted gurami, while her favorite drink is sekoteng.
I think, as an actress, Chelsea has many activities to do, like starring in films and
advertisements. However, she can manage her time well.
Variasi:
Look at the picture.
Describe the person based on the following data.
Birth Name : Avril Ramona Lavigne
Famous Name : Avril Lavigne
Date of Birth : September 27, 1984
Place of Birth : Belleville, Ontario, Canada
Parents : Judy and John Lavigne
Siblings : An elder brother (Matthew) and a younger
sister (Michelle)
Genre(s) : Modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power
pop, teen pop, alternative rock Picture source:
Occupation(s) : Singer, songwriter, actress, model <http://www_celebritycd_com.tif>
Instrument(s) : Vocals, electric guitar, acoustic guitar,
piano, drums
Website : www.avrillavigne.com
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Avril_Lavigne>
Contoh jawaban:
Do you know Avril Lavigne? I’m sure, some of you do. She is a famous singer from
Canada. Now, I’ll tell you about her.
Avril Ramona Lavigne is better known by the name of Avril Lavigne. She was born in
Belleville, Ontario, Canada on September 27, 1984. She is the second daughter of Judy and
John Lavigne. She has an elder brother named Matthew and a younger sister named Michelle.
Avril Lavigne is not only a singer but also a songwriter, an actress and a model. In music,
Avril Lavigne plays many music genres, such as modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power pop,
teen pop and alternative rock. Besides singing, she is also skillful in playing some instruments
such as electric guitar, acoustic guitar, piano and drums.
Like other stars, Avril Lavigne has a website. So, if you want to get further information
about her, you can visit www.avrillavigne.com.
B. Find out one of your relatives’ or neighbors’ jobs.

Tell your friends about what he/she does in his/her job.
Contoh jawaban:
Mrs. Haryono, my next-door neighbor, is a grocer. She sells many things in her shop, like
household items, food and other things. I think her shop is a complete one in my neighborhood.
Besides, the things sold have quite reasonable prices and the service is quite satisfying.
To help her run the shop, she employs two assistants. There are many buyers shopping there,
especially on the weekend or at the beginning of a month. The shop opens at 9 a.m. and closes at
8 p.m. As a matter of fact, I am happy because there is Mrs. Haryono’s shop near my house.
So, everytime I need something, I can directly go there and get what I need. I like shopping in
the shop.
A. Read the text.

Mr. Kartolo is very happy. The rainy season of this year makes the farm beautiful. It is a planting
time! Rice fields become fresh and green during this season, and by the end of this season
Mr. Kartolo is ready to harvest his crops.
Mr. Kartolo ploughs the land at the beginning of the rainy season. He usually works early and
finishes at noon. Milking the cows, feeding the livestock and cleaning the barns are among
Mr. Kartolo’s duties before breakfast. He does most of the hard outdoor work himself.
Questions:
1. What does Mr. Kartolo do?
Jawaban: He is a farmer.
2. Why is Mr. Kartolo happy?
Jawaban: Because the rainy season of the year makes the farm beautiful and it is the
planting time.
3. How do the rice fields look like during the season?
Jawaban: They become fresh and green.
4. What does Mr. Kartolo do at the beginning of the rainy season?
Jawaban: He ploughs the land.
5. What does Mr. Kartolo usually do before having breakfast?
Jawaban: He milks the cow, feeds the livestock and cleans the barns.

Variasi:
Complete the following text with the words from the box.
a. loud b. exercise c. enjoys d. joggers

e. the morning f. fast g. stadium h. healthy
i. walks j. chat
Mr. X, the Jogger

There is a man who always jogs in the (1) ________. I usually call him Mr. X.
He is the oldest man on the stadium track. However, he is also the most energetic-looking
man there. I meet him whenever I jog at the stadium in (2) ________. This man; however,
would be finishing the last bit of his (3) ________. He is always there earlier than I.
The man looks like in his sixties. He is lean and tall. He does not jog but (4) ________.
However, he walks at such a (5) ________ speed that I cannot catch up with him; even though,
I jog. Many younger (6) ________ would look at him in admiration. Some younger men even
ask him to show them how he does it.
The man has a (7) ________ voice. After his exercise, he usually sits at the spectator
stand to (8) ________ with some of his friends for a while before making his way home. I could
hear his voice as I jog past the spectator stand. I think his lungs are really (9) ________!
Maybe this man really knows that it is important to exercise. Or maybe he just
(10) ________ exercising. Whatever it is, I must say that he is somebody the joggers at the
stadium notice and even look up to.
Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
Jawaban:
1. g 2. e 3. b 4. i 5. f 6. d 7. a 8. j 9. h 10. c
B. Change the words in brackets into their correct forms.

My Geography Teacher
I [1. have] ________ a new geography teacher. Her name is Miss Andita. She is pretty with
her short black hair. She [2. be] ________ still young, about 27 years old. She usually [3. walk]
to school because her boarding house is quite near from school. Sometimes I [4. meet] ________
her on the way to school. When she [5. pass] ________ me in the street, she always [6. greet]
________ me.
Miss Andita is a patient teacher. She seldom [7. get] ________ angry; although, my
classmates and I are naughty. Sometimes I [8. find] ________ that she is nervous. But it’s O.K.,
for she is still new. Above all, she is clever and understandable. That’s why, we often [9. visit]
________ her to ask about something we [10. not know] ________.
Jawaban:
1. have 2. is 3. walks 4. meet
5. passes 6. greets 7. gets 8. find
9. visit 10. do not know
C. Look at the picture and read the text.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text?
Look at the man. He is Mr. Katsuo Imakyure, a Japanese man.
Like a typical Japanese, he has slanted eyes. However, he has thick
eyebrows. He is tall and thin.
Mr. Katsuo works as a waitperson at Terrace Garden Restaurant at
the Sulgrave Hotel, Park Avenue, New York. He waits on customers in
the restaurant. Although he just gets low wages, he is always happy. He
always serves his customers well. That’s why, he often gets tips from his
customers for his good service. He always wears a white coat, grey vest
and long black trousers while serving his customers. He doesn’t forget
to wear his bowtie when working.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.content.cdlib.org/ark:/13030/
ft0h4n99h3&brand=oac/>
Picture source:
Statements: <http://www.esl.about.com---
1. ______ Mr. Katsuo works in a Japanese restaurant. katzuo>
2. ______ He is tall and has slanted eyes and thick eyebrows.
3. ______ He gets a high salary for his job.
4. ______ He can make money from tips.
5. ______ He always wears different types of clothes while serving his customers.
Jawaban:
1. F (Mr. Katsuo works in a New York restaurant.)
2. T
3. F (He gets a low salary for his job.)
4. T
5. F (He always wears a white coat, gery vest and long trousers while serving his customers.)
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.
1. ______ Mr. Katsuo serves his customers well.
2. ______ His customers are satisfied with his service.
3. ______ He always wears a bowtie while working.
4. ______ He seldom gets tips from his customers.
5. ______ He always wears a white T-shirt while working.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. T
4. F (He often gets tips from them.)
5. F (He always wears a white coat while working.)

A. Look at the picture.
Answer the following questions based on the picture.
Picture source: September 17, 2009 <htttp://

www.momtahan.com---Photo_MM_3.jpg>
Questions:
1. Is the woman old or young?
Jawaban: She is old.
2. In your opinion, how old is she?
Contoh jawaban: Around 50 years old.
3. What does she look like?
Jawaban: She has an oval face, a pointed nose, blond short hair.
4. In your opinion, what are her characteristics?
Contoh jawaban: She is patient and careful.
5. What is her job?
Jawaban: She is a pediatrician.
6. What does she do in her job?
Jawaban: She examines and treats children who are sick.
7. What does she wear every time she works?
Jawaban: She wears a white uniform.
8. Do you think she has an assistant when she works?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
B. Write the description of the person in Task A based on your answers.

You may add additional information you like.
Contoh jawaban:
This is Ms. Manuela Martinez. She is a pediatrician. She examines and treats sick children.
She likes her job because she loves children. I think she is in her fiftieth now. She looks patient and
careful while examining the children. I think she is a beautiful woman. She has blond short hair and
a pointed nose. She usually wears white uniform while working. And there is
an assistant who helps her do the job.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.momtahan.com/mmartinez>
Variasi:
Develop the following paragraph into a good descriptive.
You may use the following information.
Garage
● People have their cars serviced.
● Make sure the engine is running smoothly.
● Change the oil and other lubricants.
● Check filter and spark plugs.
Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is a mechanic.
His job is to repair cars and other vehicles. ___________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:
Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is
a mechanic. His job is to repair cars and other vehicles.
My uncle is a busy person I think. Every day, many people come to his garage to
have their cars serviced. He works on the engine to make sure it is running smoothly.
He also changes the oil and other lubricants, checks filters and spark plugs to see that
they are working properly. Usually, he works from 8 a.m to 4 p.m. Because he has many
customers, he has two assistants to help him. My aunt helps him in preparing the things
they need.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-Dictionary—
Work/Mechanic.htm>
C. Write a descriptive about one of the school staff members.

Don’t forget to mention:
● what he/she does,
● what he/she looks like,
● what he/she does in his/her job.
Contoh jawaban:
Mr. Harsono is my school librarian. He is a friendly person. Almost all students and teachers
like him. I always talk a lot with him everytime I go to the library. He often asks about my family,
my daily activities, etc. He is also a strict person. When students study in the library and get noisy,
he always shouts, “Please keep silent, won’t you? You will disturb others!” Because of this attitude,
some naughty students often laugh at him. But some others respect him. He is also a tidy person.
I often see him tidy the books, especially after the students have read them.

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Notices
Spoken Text

Attention for all zoo visitors,
Thank you for visiting the zoo. After you buy the tickets, please enter the zoo through the west
gate because the usual gate is under construction. Thank you.
The text above is an announcement. An announcement is a spoken or written statement

that informs people about something.
Written Text
Read the following texts.
NO LATE COMERS DON’T LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN
The texts above are called notices. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information or
a warning.

1. What announcement do you often hear at school?
Contoh jawaban: An announcement that there will be a flag ceremony every Monday or on
special days.
2. Who announced it?
Contoh jawaban: My school teacher.
3. Have you ever seen a notice?
4. What did it say?
Jawaban: No littering.

Answer the questions below.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru:

Ladies and gentlemen,
To celebrate the Valentine Day, Shinning Department Store offers you chocolate with special
prices. And if you buy items more than 50,000 Rupiah in total, you can exchange the receipt
with a flower gift in the information desk. Thank you.
1. Whom is the announcement for?

Jawaban: The department store’s visitors.
2. What is the name of the department store?
Jawaban: Shinning Department Store.
3. What does the store offer?
Jawaban: Chocolate with special prices.
4. What can we get if we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total?
Jawaban: A flower gift.
5. Where can we exchange our receipt with the gift?
Jawaban: In the information desk.
Variasi:
Guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut di kelas lain.
1. During what occassion can we hear the announcement?
Jawaban: On the Valentine Day.
2. What does the store offer with special prices?
Jawaban: Chocolate.
3. How can we get a gift?
Jawaban: If we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total.
4. What gift will we get?
Jawaban: A flower.
5 . What should we do to claim the gift?
Jawaban: By exchanging the receipt in the information desk.

Complete the following announcement based on what you have heard.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
To celebrate (1) the thirty seventh anniversary of this town, there will be a (2) bicycle riding
next Sunday. By just paying Rp30,000, you will get a T-shirt, (3) snacks and soft drink. There are
also many (4) door prizes waiting. So, don’t (5) miss this event.

C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement
in Task B?
1. ______ The event is held to celebrate the 13th anniversary of the town.
2. ______ The event will be conducted on Sunday.
3. ______ Each participant should pay Rp13,000.
4. ______ Each participant should buy a T-shirt.
5. ______ There will be door prizes available in the event.
Jawaban:
1. F (It is to celebrate the 37th anniversary.)
2. T
3. F (Each participant should pay Rp30,000.)
4. F (The participant will get it free of charge.)
5. T
A. Complete the following announcement with the suitable words or phrases from the
box.
a. fashion show competition b. announcement board

c. celebrate d. school
e. students
Attention, please. To (1) ________ the Kartini Day, there will be a (2) ________ for
(3) ________ of our (4) ________. The competition will be held next Monday. Please see the
details on the (5) ________ near the teachers’ office. Thank you.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. a 3. e 4. d 5. b
B. Answer the following questions based on the announcement in Task A.

1. Where can you hear the announcement?
Jawaban: At school.
2. What event will be held?
Jawaban: A fashion show competition.
3. Who can join the competition?
Jawaban: The students of the school.
4. When will the event be held?
Jawaban: Next Monday.
5. Where can we see the announcement in detail?
Jawaban: On the announcement board near the teachers’ office.

C. Suppose you were in charge of a book fair.
Make an announcement that there would be a talk show in the fair.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention for all book fair visitors. Today, at 11 a.m, there will be a talk show with Mr. Danu
Haryonegoro, the writer of How to Write Effectively which has become a best-seller. The topic of
the talk show is “What is a good novel?” It is free of charge. Please join us at the hall. See you
there.
A. Look at the following notices.

Complete them with the correct words from the box.
a. limit b. clean c. go ahead

d. ladies e. door f. littering
1. 2.
For ________ only. Speed ________ 60 km/h.
3. 4.
No ________. Turn left, ________.
5.
Keep the room ________.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. f 4. c 5. b
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan berikut di kelas lain.
a. swimming b. in progress c. pedestrian

d. smoking e. Park
1. ________ your bike here.

2. No ________ in the lavatory.
3. No ________ here. Dangerous!
4. For ________ only.
5. Be quiet. The exam is ________.
Jawaban:
1. e 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b

B. What should/should not we do according to each notice in Task A?
Jawaban:
1. We should not enter the place if we are men.
2. We should drive our vehicles not more than 60 km/hour.
3. We should not throw garbage in the place.
4. We should drive a car or ride a motorcycle ahead if we want to turn left.
5. We should keep the room clean.
Variasi:
Find the meanings of the notices in Task A.
1. Hanya untuk wanita.
2. Batas kecepatan 60 km.
3. Jangan membuang sampah sembarangan.
4. Belok kiri, jalan terus.
5. Jagalah kebersihan ruangan ini.
Jawaban: C
C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Notice ”Turn left, go ahead.” artinya ”Belok
answer.
kiri, jalan terus.”. Notice ini biasa kita temui
1. di jalan raya, di dekat belokan. Pilihan
Keep the door closed jawaban yang lain salah karena biasa kita
temukan di toko. Pilihan jawaban (A)
artinya maksimum (mencoba) dua potong
What does the notice mean?
dan (B) yang artinya dilarang mencoba
A. We should keep the door carefully.
biasa ditemukan di bagian pakaian. Pilihan
B. We should always shut the door.
jawaban (D) artinya mengutil adalah suatu
C. We should not close the door.
kejahatan.
D. We should not leave the door closed.
Jawaban: B Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4.
Notice tersebut artinya ”Jagalah pintu
selalu tertutup”. Kalimat tersebut memiliki
arti yang sama dengan kita harus selalu
Keep off the grass
menutup pintu (we should always shut
the door). 3. The notice means that ________ the grass.
A. we are allowed to cut
2. Which of the following notices we may B. we are allowed to pick up
NOT find in a shop? C. we must not walk on
A. D. we must not clean
Maximum two pieces
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal ”Keep off the grass” artinya
B. ”Dilarang menginjak rumput”. Hal itu berarti
Do not try the item on
kita tidak boleh menginjak rumput (we
must not walk on the grass). Jadi, pilihan
C. jawaban yang benar adalah (C).
Turn left, go ahead
4. Where do you usually find the sign
D. above?
Shoplifting is a crime A. In the classroom. B. On the bus.
C. In the garden. D. On the train.

Jawaban: C Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal ”Keep off the grass” artinya Pesan singkat tersebut adalah tentang
”Dilarang menginjak rumput”. Dari kata peringatan untuk tidak menginjak rumput.
kunci ’rumput’ kita dapat menyimpulkan Jadi, tujuan notice tersebut adalah untuk
bahwa peringatan itu dapat kita temukan memperingatkan orang tentang sesuatu
di kebun (in the garden). Jadi, pilihan (to warn people about something), yaitu
jawaban yang benar adalah (C). untuk tidak menginjak rumput.
5. What is the purpose of the notice?
A. To warn people about something.
B. To clarify about something.
C. To show something.
D. To describe something.
A. Write notices based on the following situations.

1. Suppose you are a teacher. You want your students to be quiet while doing their tasks. What
should you write?
2. Suppose you are a librarian. You want the library to be tidy. You want the students to always
return the books on the shelves after they are reading them. What should you write?
Contoh jawaban:
1.
Keep silent!
2.
Return the books back on the shelves
B. Write down notices you can find in the following places.

1. At school.
2. In a department store.
Contoh jawaban:
1. ●
Be quiet! The examination is in progress
No cheating!
2. ●
Be careful! Breaking the items means buying them

●
Staff only!

Write a descriptive about your father/mother.
Mention what he/she does, and what he/she looks like.
to look after : merawat

Read and memorize the words.
musician : pemain musik
Use the words whenever you speak English.
optician : ahli kacamata
to accompany : menemani outdoor : di luar rumah
amateur : amatir pediatrician : dokter anak
anniversary : peringatan, hari jadi to plant : menanam
boarding house : rumah kos to proclaim : menyatakan
to broadcast : menyiarkan proportional : sebanding, seimbang
current : sekarang, mutakhir to switch off : mematikan
destination : tujuan to switch on : menyalakan
duty : tugas to treat : mengobati, merawat
to examine : memeriksa typical : khas
fishmonger : penjual ikan understandable : dapat dimengerti
in charge : yang bertugas vehicle : kendaraan
to keep : menjaga, memelihara, violinist : pemain biola
menyimpan

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
answer. Lisa : Do you have some books on
descriptive?
Read the dialog and answer questions Mr. Iwan : Yes, we do. What descriptive books
1 and 2. do you need? About people,
Luki’s mother is cooking for the dinner now. animals or plants?
Mrs. Anwar : Luki, come here, please. Lisa : About people, please. People’s
Luki : Yes, Mom. What’s the matter? jobs.
Mrs. Anwar : Can you get me some chilies Mr. Iwan : Here you are.
from the refrigerator, please? Lisa : It looks good. How much is it?
Luki : Sure, Mom. What are you Mr. Iwan : Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.
making anyway, Mom? Lisa : O.K. Here is the money.
Mrs. Anwar : I am making rendang, dear. Your Mr. Iwan : Thank you. And here is your
father likes it very much. change, fifteen thousand Rupiah.
Luki : Um . . . it sounds delicious. Lisa : Thank you.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School 3. In your opinion, who are talking in the
(SMP/MTs)
dialog?
1. Mrs. Anwar says, “Can you get me some A. A daughter and her father.
chilies from the refrigerator, please?” B. A girl and a shop assistant.
What does it mean? C. A student and her teacher.
A. She wants to give things. D. A secretary and her boss.
B. She wants to ask for things. Jawaban: B
C. She wants to ask for facts. Dalam percakapan tersebut terlihat
D. She wants to ask about Luki’s adanya transaksi jual beli antara Lisa dan
competence. Pak Anwar, yang diketahui dari kalimat
Jawaban: B Lisa,”How much it is?” dan ”O.K. Here is
Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Anwar the money.”. Jadi, percakapan tersebut
adalah ”Dapatkah kamu mengambilkan terjadi antara seorang gadis (Lisa) dan
beberapa cabai dari lemari es?”. seorang penjaga toko.
Pertanyaan ini digunakan untuk meminta
4. What book does Lisa need?
sesuatu (ask for things).
A. A book about people’s jobs.
2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about B. A book about people’s hobbies.
Mrs. Anwar? C. A book about people’s daily activities.
A. She is cooking dinner. D. A book about people’s physical
B. She is cooking rendang. appearance.
C. She likes rendang very much. Jawaban: A
D. She asks Luki to get her some chilies. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”About
Jawaban: C people, please. People’s jobs.”. Jadi, buku
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak yang Lisa perlukan adalah buku tentang
sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakannya, deskripsi pekerjaan.
yaitu ”I am making rendang, dear. Your
5. How much money does Lisa give to the
father likes it very much.” yang artinya ”Ibu
shop assistant?
sedang membuat rendang, sayang.
A. Fifteen thousand Rupiah.
Ayahmu sangat menyukainya.”. Jadi, yang
B. Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.
sangat menyukai rendang bukanlah Bu
C. Thirty-five thousand Rupiah.
Anwar, tetapi Pak Anwar.
D. Forty thousand Rupiah.

Jawaban: D semua wanita dan anak gadis, silakan
Dalam percakapan tersebut penjual datang dan saksikan demo itu”.
mengatakan harga buku itu,”Twenty-five Dari sini, disimpulkan bahwa orang-orang
thousand Rupiah.” yang artinya ”Dua puluh yang datang adalah mahasiswa KKN,
lima ribu Rupiah.”. Ketika Lisa memberikan wanita, dan remaja putri. Jadi, yang
uangnya, penjual tersebut mengatakan, mungkin tidak datang adalah kepala desa,
”And here is the change, fifteen thousand sesuai pilihan jawaban (D). Pilihan
rupiah.” yang artinya ”Dan ini jawaban yang lain salah karena
kembaliannya, lima belas ribu Rupiah.”. merupakan orang-orang yang mungkin
Jadi, uang yang Lisa berikan adalah datang.
Rp25.000,00 + Rp15.000,00 =
Rp40.000,00 (forty thousand Rupiah). Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7. Switch off all the electronic appliances
For all villagers, there will be a cooking when you don’t need them.
demo in Mrs. Yanuar’s house at two o’clock this
afternoon. The demo is from the university 8. We will find such kind of instruction in
students who do the KKN program in this the following places, except ________.
village. So, for all women and girls, please A. at home
come and see the demo. Thank you. B. at school
6. Which statement is NOT TRUE according C. in the office
to the announcement? D. along the street
A. The demo is held in the speaker’s Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
village. Jawaban: D
B. The demo will be done at three o’clock. Arti notice itu adalah ”Matikan semua alat
C. Some university students will do the elektronik ketika kamu tidak meng-
demo. gunakannya.”. Kita dapat menemukan
D. The demo will be done in Mrs. Yanuar’s notice tersebut (A) di rumah, (B) di
house. sekolah, (C) di kantor. Jadi, tempat yang
Jawaban: B kita tidak dapat menemukan notice itu
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak adalah (D) yang artinya di sepanjang jalan.
sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . there will be 9. What does the notice mean?
a cooking demo in Mrs. Yanuar’s house at A. We should switch off the electronic
two this afternoon.” yang artinya ”. . . akan appliances when using the room.
ada demo memasak di rumah Bu Yanuar B. We should switch off the electronic
pukul dua sore.”. appliances when we finish using
7. The following people may come to the them.
demo, except ________. C. We should switch on the electronic
A. women appliances when we start using them.
B. girls D. We should switch on the electronic
C. university students appliances when we finish using
D. the head of the village them.
Jawaban: D Jawaban: B
Dalam teks tersebut dikatakan,”The demo Arti notice itu adalah ”Matikan semua alat
is from the university students who do the elektronik ketika kamu tidak meng-
KKN program in this village. So, for all gunakannya.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa
women and girls, please come and see the kita sebaiknya mematikan (switch off)
demo.” yang artinya ”Demo ini diadakan semua alat elektronik ketika kita selesai
oleh mahasiswa-mahasiswa yang menggunakan alat-alat tersebut.
melakukan program KKN di desa ini. Jadi,

Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13. 13. When was Mr. Danu born?
Mr. Danu is my uncle. He lives in a country A. In 1950. B. In 1960.
and is a farmer. He is 50 years old. He is tall C. In 1970. D. In 1980.
and well-built. He has round eyes, a pointed Jawaban: B
nose and thick lips. He has straight hair. He is Dalam teks tersebut disebutkan bahwa
very strong. His arms and legs are strong. His Pak Danu berusia 50 tahun. Jadi, ia lahir
skin is brown. He is very diligent. He is also pada tahun 1960 (2010 – 50 = 1960).
smart and honest. He is a good person, and we
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct
love him very much.
words to complete the paragraph.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII Look at the woman on
the right. What does
10. Which of the following statements is TRUE
she do? She is
about the description of Mr. Danu?
an (14) ________. She
A. He has a hooked nose.
(15) ________ people’s
B. He has thick lips.
eyes.
C. He has wavy hair.
D. His skin is fair. 14. A. optician
Jawaban: B B. magician
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat C. technician Picture source: August 26,
”He has . . . thick lips.” yang artinya ”Ia D. pediatrician 2009 <http://www.
Jawaban: A sciencemuseum.org.uk---
mempunyai . . . bibir tebal.”. Pilihan
OPTICIAN.jpg>
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak Dalam gambar
sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) terlihat wanita yang sebelah kanan sedang
salah karena ia memiliki hidung mancung memeriksa mata wanita tua dalam gambar.
(a pointed nose), (C) salah karena ia Jadi, ia adalah seorang optician (ahli
memiliki rambut lurus (straight hair), dan kacamata). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
(D) salah karena kulitnya berwarna coklat salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tukang
(brown skin). sulap, (C) artinya teknisi, dan (D) artinya
dokter anak.
11. What does Mr. Danu do?
A. He is a farmer. 15. A. examine
B. He works hard. B. examines
C. He is a good person. C. is examining
D. He is diligent. D. examination.
Jawaban: A Jawaban: B
Pertanyaan ”What does Mr. Danu do?” Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan kebiasaan,
artinya ”Apa pekerjaan Pak Danu?”. Jadi, dengan pola kalimat the simple present
pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah jenis tense, dengan subjek orang ketiga tunggal
pekerjaan, yaitu petani. (she). Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat
digunakan berbentuk V + -s/-es, yaitu
12. Mr. Danu has straight hair. It means that
(B) examines.
his hair is not ________.
A. short B. long Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
C. blond D. curly Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is
Jawaban: D a musician. She is only nineteen years old,
Kata ’straight’ artinya lurus. Kata ini but she is a world-famous violinist. When
berlawanan artinya dengan kata ’curly’ she plays classical violin concertos on her
yang artinya keriting. Pilihan jawaban yang electric violin, the world listens.
lain salah karena seorang yang berambut
lurus rambutnya juga dapat (A) pendek,
(B) panjang, atau (C) pirang.

Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her Jawaban: B
mother is Chinese and her father is Thai. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
She is from Singapore, but she now lives dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua,
in London with her mother and her English ”When she plays classical violin concertos
stepfather. She’s got cousins, aunts, uncles on her electric violin, the world listens.”
and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore, Yang berarti semua orang suka
China and England. mendengarkan permainan biola Vanessa.
Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena
16. What is the text about? tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban
A. A violinist. B. A musician. (D) salah karena yang bermain biola
C. A pianist. D. An artist. dengan bagus dalam suatu konser yang
Jawaban: A dimaksud dalam teks ini adalah Vanessa,
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat bukan people (orang-orang).
pertama paragraf dua, ”She is only nine- 19. “. . ., but she now lives in London with
teen years old, but she is a world-famous her mother and her English stepfather.”
violinist.” yang artinya ”Ia baru berusia (Paragraph 3)
sembilan belas tahun, tetapi ia adalah The word ‘stepfather’ means a male
seorang pemain biola terkenal.”. Pilihan who’s married to ________.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban A. one’s aunt
(B) artinya seorang pemusik (terlalu B. one’s sister
umum), (C) artinya orang yang ahli C. one’s mother
bermain piano, dan (D) artinya pekerja D. one’s daughter
seni. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: C
17. Vanessa plays violin ________.
Kata ’stepfather’ artinya ’ayah tiri’. Itu
A. badly
berarti seorang laki-laki yang menikah
B. carefully
dengan ibu seseorang (one’s mother).
C. classically
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
D. wonderfully
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
Jawaban: D
Dalam paragraf dua terdapat kalimat 20. Where is Vanessa Mae from?
”When she plays classical violin concertos A. China.
on her electric violin, the world listens.” B. London.
yang artinya ”Ketika ia memainkan biola C. Thailand.
listriknya di konser-konser biola klasik, D. Singapore.
dunia mendengarkan.”. Klausa ”the world Jawaban: D
listens” menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
bermain dengan sangat menakjubkan ”She is from Singapore.” yang artinya ”Ia
(wonderfully). berasal dari Singapura.”. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena merupakan tempat
18. From the text we know that people
tinggal saudara-saudaranya, seperti
________.
tertulis pada akhir paragraf dua.
A. in the world are interested in all
violinists
B. like to listen to Vanessa’s playing
violin
C. are eager to play violin with
Vanessa
D. play the violin very well in a concert

II. Write a descriptive of the person in Contoh jawaban:
the picture based on the following This person in the picture is Shireen
data. Sungkar. We can see her every day on
television. Shireen as she’s usually called, is
the second child in her family. Her father is
Mark Sungkar and her mother is Fanny Bauty,
both are also artists.
Shireen has an elder sister, Zaskia, and
a younger brother, Yusuf. Shireen was born on
January 28, 2009 in Jakarta, Indonesia.
Talking about her physical appearance,
Picture source: she has an oval face, long and black hair and
October 2, 2009 <http:// thick eyebrows. She has been active as an
www.pangeran229.files.
wordpress.com---
actress since 2006. She also works as a singer.
SHIREEN1.jpg> Shireen becomes famous because of her film,
Cinta Fitri.
Name : Shireen Sungkar
Parents : Mark Sungkar and
Fanny Bauty
Siblings : Zaskia (elder sister),
Yusuf (younger
brother)
Date of Birth : January 28, 1992
Place of Birth : Jakarta, Indonesia
Physical Appearance : Oval face, long and
black hair, thick
eyebrows
Job : Actress, singer
Active from : 2006–present
Famous for her film : Cinta Fitri
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/
Shireen_Sungkar>

● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.

A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct 5. What is Irna and her classmates’ plan?
answer. A. To give money to Ms. Sandy.
B. To buy a baby doll for Ms. Sandy.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. C. To give something to Ms. Sandy.
Anna : What are you looking for, Anto? D. To look for donations for Ms. Sandy.
Anto : My black-ink pen. I need it to write 6.
a letter. Do you see it? USE THE HAND DRYER
Anna : No, I don’t. Well, why don’t you just use
mine?
Anto : I’d love to, if you don’t mind. What does the notice above mean?
Anna : Of course not. Here you are. A. We don’t have to dry our hands.
Anto : Thanks. B. We can’t use our hand to dry
something.
1. What does Anna offer Anto? C. We should use the dryer to dry our
A. To use Anto’s blue-ink pen. hands.
B. To use Anto’s black-ink pen. D. We should use our hand to dry
C. To use her blue-ink pen. something.
D. To use her black-ink pen. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
2. Anna says, “Here you are.” 7.
What does it mean? NO SMOKING
A. She wants to give something.
B. She wants to ask for something. We can find such a notice in the following
C. She wants to ask for facts. places, except ________.
D. She wants to tell facts. A. in an office
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. B. in a gas station
C. along the street
Irna : Dad, may I ask for some money?
D. in an air conditioned room
Mr. Haryanto : What for?
Irna : Ms. Sandy, one of my teachers, Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
has just got a baby. Our class The youths in this neighborhood are
plan to visit her and share money planning to collect money, clothes and food for
to buy her baby something. the earthquake victims in Padang. If you want
Mr. Haryanto : That’s good idea. How much? to donate, please contact Ms. Amara or Mr.
Irna : Rp20,000, Dad. Iwan before the end of this month. Thank you
Mr. Haryanto : O.K. Here it is. for your attention.
Irna : Thanks, Dad.
Mr. Haryanto : You’re welcome. 8. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To announce something.
3. Who is Ms. Sandy? B. To advertise something.
A. Irna’s friend. B. Irna’s teacher. C. To describe something.
C. Irna’s mother. D. Irna’s principal. D. To tell news about something.
4. Irna says, “Dad, may I ask for some money?” 9. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
What does it mean? to the text?
A. She gives something. A. The youths in the neighborhood are
B. She gives a fact. the planners of the donation.
C. She asks for something. B. The donation can be in the from of
D. She asks for a fact. clothes, money or food.

C. People should donate before the end 15. “Ernesto takes the order . . . .”
of the month. The antonym of the underlined word is
D. The donation is for Ms. Amara and ________.
Mr. Iwan. A. sell B. give
C. buy D. receive
For questions 10 to 12, choose the correct
words to complete the text. 16. I ________ [have] a sister. Her name is
Arnita. She ________ [study] in the same
I have a neighbor. His name is Reno. He is
school as I do. We often [go] to school
a clown. He (10) ________ in a carnival. His
together.
job is to (11) ________ people. He makes
The correct words in brackets are
people laugh. He (12) ________ a very colorful
________.
costume. He also wears a colorful wig and he
A. have, study, go
paints his face. He is very funny and kind.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
B. has, studies, go
(SMP/MTs) C. have, study, goes
D. have, studies, go
10. A. studies B. works
C. goes D. likes Read the text and answer questions 17 to 20.
11. A. take care of B. laugh at Yohannes Christian
C. entertain D. ridicule John or Chris John was
born on September 14,
12. A. designs B. uses 1979 in Banjarnegara,
C. takes D. wears Central Java, Indonesia.
Read the jumbled sentences and answer He is the current WBA
questions 13 to 15. featherweight boxing
super champion.
(1) He then gives them a menu.
John started boxing
(2) Afterward he takes the food to the customers.
in his early childhood. Picture source:
(3) He is a waiter. October 2, 2009
He was trained by his
(4) Ernesto takes the order and gives it to the <http://www.iwandahnial.
father Johan Tjahjadi,
chef. files.wordpress.com---
a former amateur boxer. chris-john1.tif>
(5) Ernesto Pierce works in a restaurant.
Now, his trainer is Craig
(6) His job is to show people to their tables.
Christian, who has trained him since 2005.
(7) Customers choose their food from the menu.
John is the third Indonesian to win
Sourc: Easy Does It
a boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical and
13. The correct order of the text is ________. Nico Thomas. Before he turned professional in
A. (5)–(6)–(1)–(3)–(4)–(7)–(2) 1997, John was an amateur boxer since 1995
B. (5)–(3)–(6)–(1)–(7)–(4)–(2) when he was only 15 years old. People used to
C. (5)–(3)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(4)–(2) know him as “The Indonesian Thin Man”.
D. (5)–(3)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)–(4) In February 2006, he proclaimed his new nick
14. Which statement is TRUE according to the name “The Dragon” that he uses until today.
text? Sources: October 1, 2009
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chris_John_(boxer)>;
A. Ernesto works as a chef. <http://www.chrisjohnboxing.com/biography.php>
B. Ernesto chooses food for the
customers. 17. When did John become a professional boxer?
C. The chef receives the order from A. In 1995.
Ernesto. B. In 1996.
D. The customers take the food C. In 1997.
themselves. D. In 1998.

18. How long has Craig Christian trained John?
II. Look at the picture.
A. For four years.
Describe the person in the picture.
B. For five years.
C. For six years.
D. For seven years.
19. The following statements are TRUE about
Johan Cahyadi, except ________.
A. he is Chris John’s father
B. he is Chris John’s first trainer Picture source:
C. he is a former amateur boxer October 2, 2009
D. he is the winner of a boxing world title <http://www.z.about.com---
AlessandroMontinituna>
20. “In February 2006, he proclaimed his
new nickname ‘The Dragon’ that . . . .” You may use the following words:
(Paragraph 3) ● fishmonger
The underlined word can best replaced by ● accompany my mother
________. ● loyal customer
A. replied ● fresh fish
B. performed
C. declared
D. called

Jawaban Review Unit 2 8. A. Teks tersebut berbentuk pengumuman,
sehingga tujuannya adalah untuk
A. Pilihan Ganda
mengumumkan sesuatu.
1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Anto
9. D. Pilihan jawaban ini salah karena tidak
mengatakan,”My black-ink pen.” yang
sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . to collect
artinya ”Pulpen hitam saya.”, dan
money, clothes and food for the
Anna menanggapinya dengan
earthquake victims in Padang.” yang
berkata, ”Well, why don’t you just use
artinya ”. . . untuk mengumpulkan
mine?” yang artinya ”Mengapa kamu
uang, pakaian dan makanan untuk
tidak memakai kepunyaanku?”.
korban gempa di Padang.”, dan
Karena yang diperlukan Anto adalah
kalimat ”If you want to donate, please
pulpen hitam, dapat disimpulkan
contact Ms. Amara or Mr. Iwan . . . .”
bahwa Anna menawarkan Anto untuk
yang artinya ”Jika Anda ingin
menggunakan pulpen hitamnya.
menyumbang, silakan hubungi Amara
2. A. Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Anna atau Bapak Iwan.”. Jadi, bantuan
adalah ”Ini dia”. Pernyataan ini tersebut untuk korban gempa,
digunakan untuk memberi sesuatu sementara Amara dan Bapak Iwan
(to give something). adalah orang-orang yang
3. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat mengumpulkan bantuan tersebut.
yang dikatakan Irna, yaitu ”Ms. Sandy, 10. B. Kalimat sebelunya menjelaskan kalau
one of my teachers . . . .”. Jadi, Reno adalah seorang badut (clown).
Ms. Sandy adalah salah seorang Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata
guru Irna. kerja yang tepat melengkapi soal
4. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Irna itu artinya adalah works yang artinya bekerja.
”Ayah, bolehkah saya minta uang?”. Jadi, kalimat soal artinya ”Ia bekerja
Kalimat ini digunakan untuk meminta di pasar malam.”
sesuatu (to ask for something). 11. C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata
5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kerja yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
kalimat ”Our class plan . . . to buy her soal adalah entertain (menghibur),
baby something.” yang artinya ”Kelas sehingga kalimat lengkapnya berarti
kami merencanakan . . . membeli ”Pekerjaan seorang badut adalah
sesuatu untuk bayinya.”. Dengan kata untuk menghibur (entertain) orang.”.
lain, mereka berencana untuk Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
memberi sesuatu kepada Ms. Sandi (A) artinya merawat, sedangkan
atas kelahiran putranya. (B) dan (D) artinya menertawakan.
6. C. Notice tersebut artinya ”Gunakan 12. D. Arti kalimat soal adalah ”Ia . . . kostum
pengering tangan.”. Dengan kata lain, warna-warni.”. Kata yang sesuai untuk
kita sebaiknya menggunakan ’costume’ (kostum yang dikenakan
pengering itu untuk mengeringkan saat bekerja) adalah ’wears’
tangan kita. Pilihan jawaban yang lain (mengenakan). Pilihan jawaban yang
salah. lain salah; (A) artinya merancang,
7. C. Arti kalimat itu adalah ”Dilarang (B) artinya menggunakan, dan
merokok.”. Kita dapat menemui notice (C) artinya mengambil.
tersebut (A) yang artinya di kantor, 13. B. Teks diawali dengan kalimat
(B) yang artinya di stasiun pengisian perkenalan mengenai Ernesto (5) dan
bensin, dan (D) yang artinya di pekerjaannya sebagai pelayan rumah
ruangan ber-AC. Jadi, tempat kita makan (3), tugas yang dikerjakannya,
tidak dapat menemukan notice itu yaitu menunjukkan kepada pelanggan
adalah (C) di sepanjang jalan. meja mereka (6), memberikan mereka

daftar menu (1), dan pelanggan 18. B. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Now, his
memilih makanan yang akan mereka trainer is Craig Christian, who has
pesan dari daftar menu tersebut (7). trained him since 2005.” yang artinya
Ernesto kemudian mengambil ”Sekarang, pelatihya adalah Craig
pesanan tersebut dan memberikan Christian, yang telah melatihnya sejak
kepada koki (4), setelah itu, ia tahun 2005.”. Jadi, Craig Christian
menyajikan makanan yang dipesan itu telah melatihnya selama lima tahun
kepada pelanggan (2). (2010 – 2005 = 5).
14. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena 19. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Ernesto takes sesuai dengan kalimat ”John is the
the order and gives it to the chef.” third Indonesian to win a boxing world
yang artinya ”Ernesto mengambil title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico
pesanan dan memberikannya kepada Thomas.” yang artinya ”John adalah
koki.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain orang Indonesia ketiga yang
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah memenangkan gelar tinju dunia,
karena ia adalah seorang waiter mengikuti Ellyas Pical dan Nico
(pelayan rumah makan), (B) salah Thomas.”. Jadi, yang memenangkan
karena pelanggan memilih sendiri gelar tinju dunia adalah Chris John,
makanan yang mereka pesan, dan Ellyas Pical, and Nico Thomas, bukan
(D) salah karena Ernesto Johan Cahyadi.
mengambilkan makanan untuk 20. C. Kata ’proclaimed’ memiliki arti yang
pelanggan. sama dengan kata ’declared’, yaitu
15. B. Kata ’take’ artinya ’mengambil’. Kata menyatakan. Pilihan jawaban yang
ini berlawanan artinya dengan kata lain salah karena memiliki makna
’give’ yang artinya memberi. Pilihan yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya (A) artinya menjawab/membalas,
menjual, (B) artinya membeli, dan (B) artinya mementaskan, dan
(D) artinya menerima. (D) artinya memanggil.
16. D. Kata ’have’ tidak berubah karena
B. Esai
subjeknya orang pertama tunggal (I).
Kata ’study’ seharusnya ’studies’ Contoh jawaban:
karena subjeknya orang ketiga Alessandro Montituna is a fishmonger.
tunggal (she), dan kata ’go’ tetap He works hard every day from early in the
karena subjeknya adalah kata benda morning until afternoon. I don’t know how he
jamak (we). gets the fish he sells, but all the fish are fresh.
They smell good. He sells many kinds of fish,
17. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
from the smallest one until the biggest one, just
kalimat ”Before he turned professional
like what he carries in the picture. I often
in 1997, . . . .” yang artinya ”Sebelum
accompany my mother to buy fish there.
ia menjadi petinju profesional pada
My mother is his loyal customer I think.
tahun 1997, . . . .”. Jadi, John menjadi
My mother likes to buy fish there because the
petinju profesional pada tahun 1997.
price is cheap, and Mr. Montituna is friendly to
his customers.

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled
exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur
teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
My sister is a student of grade XI. She is tall enough for a girl, about 165 cm. She is also
pretty. She has large eyes and a prominent nose. People often say that she can be a model.
However, it seems that she is not interested in the profession.
Now she is quite busy, I think. Besides studying, she also browse the Internet every day. She
joins a social networking site called Facebook. She has got many friends by joining the cite. Almost
200 I think. She says that having many friends is an advantage. Now she teaches me how to
operate it. Thanks God I have got eight friends. Three of them are Rika herself, my father and my
mother. Both my father and mother are able to operate facebook because of her also. Oh,
I am proud of my sister.
Text 2
There is a new teacher in my school. His name is Peter. He is Dutch. He comes from
Amsterdam, Holland.
Peter is married and has two children. His wife, Jane, is an American. She is from Boston,
the United States of America. Her family is still in Boston, but she now works and lives with Peter in
Indonesia. They speak English, Dutch, German and Italian! Their children are pupils at a local
primary school. The children go to school with other children from all over the world. Flora, their
daughter, has friends from France, Switzerland, Austria and Sweden. Hans, their son, goes to
school with students from South Africa, Portugal, Spain and Canada. Of course, there are many
children from Italy. Imagine, French, Swiss, Austrian, Swedish, South African, American, Italian,
Spanish and Canadian children all learning together in Italy!
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_pete.htm>
Text 3
I have a new classmate named Dwinda. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of my
friends and I often help Dwinda. We help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. We help her to
the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together. Some people call us the gang of four.
You know, Dwinda is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. As a result,
our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Dwinda is a very special girl. Although she is
handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. My friends
and I learn a lot from her.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages
Text 4
My grandfather is quite old. In fact, as he has a pension, he is an old age pensioner, or
a senior citizen.
My grandfather has bushy eyebrows (he has lots of hair!), a hooked nose and high cheekbones.
His eyes are large and set quite far apart.

His daughter, my aunt, is 55 and middle-aged. She has three sons. One is a young adult, at
24 years of age, and the other two are both teenagers. They are 16 and 17.
My grandfather is fit for his age and takes plenty of exercise. He doesn’t want all his muscles
to get flabby.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 5
Let me describe my parents. My father is tall and lean—with very little fat. My mother looks like
a 1940’s film star. She is curvaceous, with an hour-glass figure. My mother is blonde, also with
a fair complexion. I am a red-head—with red hair. Like many other people with a pale complexion,
I get freckles from the sun—small brown dots on my face and arms. In contrast, my father has
dark-brown hair and he is quite dark-skinned. My mother has a broad nose, which she hates, as
she prefers narrow noses. But she is lucky to have even or regular teeth. My mother’s hair is
wavy—in between straight and curly. It’s cut in a bob and she also has a short fringe, where it is cut
horizontally across her forehead. My father is losing his hair—in fact he is going bald, which makes
him very sad.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 6
Mr. Karta is a potter. He creates pottery on pottery wheels for a wide range of uses. He creates
mugs, bowls, dishes, vases as well as pieces of art. After he has created a new piece of pottery, he
burns it in a pottery kiln to harden the clay so that it can be used every day.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-DictionaryWork/Potter.htm>
Text 7
I have a neighbor named Mr. Hadi.
Mr. Hadi is a postman. He is diligent. He always delivers mails and packages every day. He
usually delivers them by riding his motorcycle. He never forgets to wear a safety helmet while riding
his motorcycle. He always wears orange uniforms and black shoes in his work.
Mr. Hadi never complains in doing his daily work. As a friendly man, he always gives his smile
to all people. He never feels tired delivering mails and packages.

Read the following text and answer questions
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
3 and 4.
1.
NO ENTRANCE
To: Ruth
The sign means ________.
A. we may come in I’d like to congratulate you
B. we can come in on passing your exam.
C. we are allowed to come I do hope that you are always
D. we are forbidden to come in successful.
Love
Jawaban: D
Notice itu artinya ”Dilarang masuk”. Pilihan
Joshua
jawaban yang sesuai dengan maksud
peringatan tersebut adalah pilihan jawaban
(D) yang artinya kita dilarang masuk. 3. Why does Joshua send the card?
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan Because _______.
jawaban (A) artinya kita boleh masuk, A. he wants to tell Ruth about his exam
(B) artinya kita bisa masuk, dan (C) artinya B. he wants to congratulate Ruth
kita diizinkan masuk. C. his exam is difficult to do
D. he wants to be successful
2.
Beware of Pickpockets Jawaban: B
Alasan Joshua mengirimkan kartu itu
What does the text mean? kepada Ruth adalah untuk memberi
A. We must make a pocket. ucapan selamat kepada Ruth (to
B. We must be careful of pickpockets. congratulate Ruth) karena lulus ujian.
C. We must have a pocket. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I’d like to
D. We must be friendly to pickpockets. congratulate you on passing your exam.”
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 yang artinya ”Saya ingin mengucapkan
Jawaban: B selamat atas keberhasilanmu lulus ujian.”.
Notice itu artinya ”Waspadalah terhadap Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
Pencopet”, yang berarti kita harus selalu tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
berhati-hati terhadap keberadaan
4. “I do hope that you are always successful.”
pencopet (we must be careful of
The opposite meaning of the underlined
pickpockets). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
word is _______.
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kita
A. wrong B. confident
harus membuat saku, (C) artinya kita
C. diligent D. fail
harus memiliki saku, dan (D) artinya kita
Jawaban: D
harus bersahabat dengan pencopet.
Kata ’successful’ artinya ’berhasil’. Kata ini
berlawanan makna dengan kata ’fail’ yang
artinya gagal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya salah,
(B) artinya percaya diri, dan (C) artinya rajin.

5. Cindy : Dad, tomorrow is Mother’s Day. From the dialog, it can be concluded that
What are we going to buy for ________.
Mommy? A. Sisca dislikes watching the Indonesian
Father : Let’s go to the optician after Idol program
school. We can buy her a new B. the Indonesian Idol is the most boring
pair of glasses. program
Cindy : That’s good. I think she needs C. both girls like watching the Indonesian
new ones. Idol program
What does the underlined sentence mean? D. Sisca disagrees with Ranti’s opinion
A. Cindy is asking for something. about the program
B. Cindy is expressing her opinion. Jawaban: C
C. Cindy is informing something. Dalam percakapan tersebut, Sisca dan
D. Cindy is expressing her certainty. Ranti membicarakan tentang acara
Jawaban: B Indonesian Idol dan ternyata keduanya
Kalimat yang digaris bawah artinya ”Saya suka menonton acara tersebut (both girls
pikir ibu memang butuh kacamata baru.”. like watching the Indonesian Idol program).
Berdasarkan frasa ”I think”, dapat Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Sisca, ”I’d
disimpulkan kalau Cindy bermaksud like to watch the Indonesian Idol program.”
mengungkapkan pendapatnya (expressing yang artinya ”Aku ingin menonton acara
her opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lain Indonesian Idol.”, dan kalimat Ranti, ”So
salah karena bukan merupakan maksud do I.” yang artinya ”Aku juga.”. Pilihan
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh Cindy. jawaban yang lain salah karena
bertentangan dengan isi percakapan.
6. Aziz : I don’t see your old computer.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Sisca tidak
You’ve sold it, haven’t you?
suka menonton acara Indonesian Idol,
Wira : Yes. Here’s the new one.
(B) artinya Indonesian Idol adalah acara
________?
yang membosankan (bertentangan dengan
Aziz : I think it looks great.
kalimat Ranti, ”I think it is the most
A. What about yours
interesting one . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya
B. Can you operate it
pikir itu (Indonesian Idol) adalah acara
C. What do you think
yang paling menarik . . . .”), dan (D) artinya
D. Will you buy a similar computer
Sisca tidak setuju dengan pendapat Ranti
Jawaban: C
tentang acara itu (bertentangan dengan
Berdasarkan kalimat respons yang
kalimat Sisca terakhir yang menyatakan
diucapkan Aziz yang menggunakan
persetujuannya terhadap pendapat Ranti).
”I think”, dapat disimpulkan kalau ia
bermaksud mengungkapkan pendapatnya. Read the following text and answer questions
Jadi, kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Wira 8 to 11.
adalah kalimat meminta pendapat, yaitu
Mr. Darmawan is a financial advisor. He
pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
works at a private bank. Meanwhile, his wife is
bagaimana menurutmu. Pilihan jawaban
a doctor. She works at Harapan Hospital.
yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan
Mr. Darmawan usually goes to work at
ungkapan meminta pendapat.
6 a.m., and arrives home in the evening at
7. Sisca : I’d like to watch the Indonesian 7 p.m. He goes to his office early because he
Idol program. wants to avoid the traffic jams. However,
Ranti : So do I. I think it is the most Mrs. Darmawan goes to work at 6:30 a.m.
interesting one among the similar together with her children. She works twenty-
programs. four hours a day. She is always ready to help
Sisca : I agree with you. other people.
120 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

8. What do Mr. and Mrs. Darmawan do? hours a day.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
A. A financial advisor and a doctor. terakhir teks ”She is always ready to help
B. A husband and a wife. other people.”, dan (D) benar karena Bu
C. A financial advisor and a nurse. Darmawan pergi ke rumah sakit pukul 6.30
D. A doctor and a financial advisor. dan Pak Darmawan pergi bekerja pukul 6,
Jawaban: A yang berarti Bu Darmawan berangkat
Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang 30 menit lebih siang daripada Pak
pekerjaan Pak dan Bu Darmawan. Darmawan.
Pekerjaan Pak Darmawan adalah seorang
11. “He works at a private bank.” (Sentence 2)
penasihat keuangan, sesuai dengan
The opposite meaning of the underlined
kalimat awal teks ”Mr. Darmawan is
word is _______.
a financial advisor.”, sedangkan istrinya
A. general B. exclusive
(Bu Darmawan) adalah seorang dokter,
C. state D. abroad
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Meanwhile, his
Jawaban: C
wife is a doctor.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Dalam konteks kalimat itu, kata ’private’
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
artinya ’swasta’, sehingga kata ini
9. How many hours does Mr. Darmawan berlawanan makna dengan kata ’state’
leave the house to work a day? yang artinya ’negara’. Pilihan jawaban
A. Twelve hours. B. Thirteen hours. yang lain salah karena bukan lawan kata
C. Fourteen hours. D. Fifteen hours. yang sesuai. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
Jawaban: B umum, (B) artinya untuk kalangan tertentu,
Pak Darmawan biasanya berangkat kerja dan (D) artinya luar negeri.
pada pukul 6 pagi, dan tiba kembali di rumah
12. Doni : Tita, what does your sister do?
pada pukul 7 petang (”Mr. Darmawan
Tita : She is a ________.
usually goes to work at 6 a.m., and arrives
Doni : That’s an interesting job. I bet she
home in the evening at 7 p.m.”). Dengan
travels a lot.
demikian, lama Pak Darmawan meninggal-
Tita : She does.
kan rumah untuk bekerja tiap hari adalah
A. firefighter
13 jam (thirteen hours).
B. secretary
10. The following statemens are TRUE about C. flight attendant
Mrs. Darmawan, except _______. D. journalist
A. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work alone Jawaban: C
B. Mrs. Darmawan works for 24 hours Kalimat Tita merupakan respons atas
a day pertanyaan Doni yang menanyakan
C. Mrs. Darmawan will always be ready pekerjaan saudara perempuan Tita.
to help others Berdasarkan gambar, pekerjaan saudara
D. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work thirty perempuan Tita adalah seorang pramugari
minutes later than her husband does (a flight attendant). Pilihan jawaban yang
Jawaban: A lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
Pernyataan yang tidak benar tentang Bu petugas pemadam kebakaran, (B) artinya
Darmawan adalah pilihan jawaban (A) sekretaris, dan (D) artinya wartawan.
yang artinya Bu Darmawan pergi bekerja
13. Ari : Dian, do you know what time is it?
sendirian. Hal ini bertentangan dengan
Dian : Um it’s _______.
kalimat ”However, Mrs. Darmawan goes
Ari : O gosh. Dian, I’m really sorry,
to work at 6:30 a.m. together with her
I have to go home now.
children.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
Dian : Why are you in such a hurry?
karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan
Ari : Well, I have to pick up my little
jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua
sister now.
terakhir teks, yaitu ”She works twenty-four
Dian : I see.

A. fifteen to four 15. What is the text about?
B. fifteen past four A. Candra’s physical appearance.
C. forty to three B. The hobby of the writer’s friend.
D. twenty past three C. The family of the writer’s friend.
Jawaban: D D. The description of the writer’s friend.
Ari bertanya, ”Dian, tahukah kamu pukul Jawaban: D
berapa sekarang?”. Berdasarkan gambar Teks tersebut tentang deskripsi teman
jam, waktu menunjukkan pukul 3 lebih penulis (the description of the writer’s
20 menit atau twenty past three. Pilihan friend) yang bernama Candra, yang
jawaban yang lain salah. meliputi penampilan fisiknya yang gemuk
karena kesukaannya adalah makan, serta
14. Mother : Dear,
karakternya yang lucu dan ramah
do you
sehingga keluarga dan temannya
know where
menyukainya. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (D)
father is?
benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
Wendy : Yeah, he is
karena hanya sebagai pendukung dari
going to the
gagasan utama teks.
toilet, Mom. And he asked us to
wait for him in the car. 16. The following are TRUE about Candra,
Mother : O.K., but where does your father except ________
park the car? A. he likes eating
Wendy : He parks the car ________ the B. his cheeks are cubby
building. C. no one likes him
Mother : All right then, let’s go there. D. he is not thin
A. in front of Jawaban: C
B. behind Pernyataan yang salah tentang Candra
C. next to adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
D. beside tidak seorang pun menyukainya. Pilihan
Jawaban: A jawaban ini bertentangan dengan kalimat
Kalimat soal artinya ”Ayah memarkir mobil terakhir yang menyatakan kalau keluarga
. . . gedung.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapi dan teman-temannya menyukainya.
kalimat soal berupa preposisi/kata depan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
Berdasarkan gambar, mobil tersebut sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
diparkir di depan sebuah gedung, sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . his hobby is
sehingga kata depan yang tepat adalah eating.” yang berarti kalau ia suka makan,
in front of. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”He has a very
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya di belakang, chubby cheek.” yang menjelaskan kalau
(C) artinya di sebelah, dan (D) artinya pipi Indra tembem, dan (D) sesuai dengan
di samping. kalimat ”He is very fat . . . .” (ia gemuk)
yang memiliki arti sama dengan
Read the following text and answer questions ia tidak kurus.
15 to 17.
17. “His hobby is eating.”
I have a friend named Candra. He is very
The underlined word can be best replaced
fat because his hobby is eating. He likes all
by ________.
kinds of foods. He eats everything which is
A. concern B. interest
served for him. His weight is 95 kilograms.
C. activity D. priority
He has a very chubby cheek. He is a funny and
Jawaban: B
friendly person. That is why, his family and
Kata ’hobby’ artinya ’kesukaan’. Kata ini
friends like him very much.
memiliki persamaan makna dengan kata
interest yang artinya ketertarikan atau minat.

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena C. Nia is Martin’s sister
memiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihan D. Nia has two children
jawaban (A) artinya perhatian, (C) artinya Jawaban: B
kegiatan, dan (D) artinya prioritas. Pernyataan yang salah tentang Nia Irwan
adalah (B) yang artinya Nia adalah sepupu
Read the following family tree and answer Sonia. Sonia adalah istri Martin dan Martin
questions 18 to 20. adalah saudara kandung Nia, sehingga
Burhan + Dewi Burhan Nia adalah saudara ipar Sonia (Sonia’s
sister-in-law). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena sesuai dengan silsilah
+ +
keluarga. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Nia
Irwan Nia Irwan Martin Sonia Martin
adalah istri Irwan, (C) artinya Nia adalah
saudara perempuan Martin, dan
Amelia Arman Yoga (D) artinya Nia memiliki dua anak
(Amelia dan Arman).
18. Irwan is Yoga’s ________.
21.
A. father B. nephew
C. uncle D. brother Speed Limit 80 KM
Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan silsilah keluarga itu, Yoga What does the notice mean?
adalah anak saudara laki-laki Nia, yaitu A. We should drive more than 80 km/hour.
Martin, sedangkan Irwan adalah suami B. We should drive exactly at 80 km/hour.
Nia. Dengan demikian, hubungan antara C. We should not drive less than 80 km/
Irwan dan Yoga adalah paman dan hour.
keponakan. Dengan kata lain, Irwan D. We should not drive more than 80 km/
adalah paman Yoga (Yoga’s uncle). Pilihan hour.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban Jawaban: D
(A) artinya ayah, (B) artinya keponakan Notice itu berarti ”Batas kecepatan 80 km”.
laki-laki, dan (D) artinya saudara laki-laki. Hal ini berarti kita tidak boleh mengendarai
kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam (not more
19. Yoga and Amelia are ________.
than 80 km/hour), sehingga pilihan
A. brother and sister
jawaban yang tepat adalah (D). Pilihan
B. aunt and nephew
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
C. nieces
(A) artinya kita seharusnya mengendarai
D. cousins
kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam, (B) artinya
Jawaban: D
kita seharusnya mengendarai kendaraan
Berdasarkan pohon keluarga itu, Yoga
persis 80 km/jam, dan (C) artinya kita tidak
adalah anak Martin, dan Amelia adalah
boleh mengendarai kendaraan kurang dari
anak Nia, sedangkan Martin dan Nia
80 km/jam.
adalah saudara kandung. Dengan
demikian, hubungan antara Yoga dan 22. Irna : Eka, do you like to read comics?
Amelia adalah sepupu (cousins). Pilihan Eka : Yes, ________. What about you?
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban I guess you don’t like them.
(A) artinya saudara laki-laki dan saudara Irna : That is right. I prefer science books
perempuan, (B) artinya bibi dan than comics.
keponakan laki-laki, dan (C) artinya A. I think so B. I don’t know
keponakan perempuan. C. I don’t like it D. I like it a lot
Jawaban: D
20. The following statements are TRUE about
Pada awal percakapan, Irna bertanya
Nia Irwan, except ________.
kepada Eka apakah ia suka membaca
A. Nia is Irwan’s wife
komik. Berdasarkan kata sebelumnya
B. Nia is Sonia’s cousin

”Yes” yang artinya ”Ya”, kalimat Eka season is November to April, but it can rain
berikutnya menyatakan kalau ia memang anytime. Bali is 120 kilometers wide from
suka membaca novel. Kalimat yang east to west and 80 kilometers from north to
mengungkapkan kesukaan adalah pilihan south, so everyone is quite close to the sea.
jawaban (D) yang artinya saya sangat Bali is shaped like a diamond. Mount
menyukainya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters high and
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks is visible from far away. Most of the people
percakapan. are Hindus. There are many temples and
many religious festivals.
Read the following dialog and answer Tourism is the most important industry.
questions 23 and 24. Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautiful
Anto : What is your hobby? scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in
Rian : My hobby is riding a bicycle. And yours? the warm seas, to look at the beautiful
Anto : I like jogging. When do you ride your bike? mountains and valleys, and to shop for
Rian : I usually do it on Sundays. inexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintings
Anto : Is it good for us? and wood crafts.
Rian : Yes, of course. Riding a bicycle can
25. Where is Bali located?
strengthen the heart and lungs.
A. It is along the equator.
Anto : I see.
B. In the south of equator.
23. What is Anto’s hobby? C. 120 km east to west.
A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging. D. Close to many temples and Mount
C. Walking. D. Running. Agung.
Jawaban: B Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua
dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Anto paragraf 1, ”It is in the south of the equator
untuk menjawab pertanyaan Rian yang . . . .” (subjek ’it’ mengacu pada subjek
menanyakan hobinya, yaitu ”I like kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Bali) yang
jogging.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah artinya ”Pulau ini (Bali) terletak di selatan
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi garis khatulistiwa . . . .”. Jadi, pilihan
percakapan. jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang
24. Rian said, “I usually do it on Sundays.” lain salah karena tidak sesuai teks. Pilihan
What does the underlined word refer to? jawaban (A) artinya ada di sepanjang garis
A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging. khatulistiwa, (C) artinya 120 km dari timur
C. Walking. D. Talking. ke barat, dan (D) artinya dekat dengan
Jawaban: A banyak pura dan Gunung Agung.
Kalimat itu diucapkan Rian untuk 26. The last paragraph is about ________.
merespons pertanyaan Anto sebelumnya, A. the location of Bali
yaitu ”When do you ride your bike?”. B. the most important industry in Bali
Dengan demikian, kata ’it’ mengacu pada C. the most popular things in Bali
hal yang disebutkan pada kalimat Anton, D. beautiful mountains in Bali
yaitu naik sepeda (ride a bike). Pilihan Jawaban: B
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak Gagasan utama paragraf terakhir terdapat
sesuai dengan isi percakapan. pada kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu ”Tourism
is the most important industry in Bali.” yang
Read the following text and answer questions
artinya ”Pariwisata adalah industri yang
25 to 29.
paling penting di Bali.”. Gagasan utama ini
My Home Bali didukung dengan kalimat ”Many tourists
Bali is an island in the Indonesian visit Bali to see the beautiful scenery and
archipelago. It is in the south of the equator interesting festivals, to swim in the warm
and has warm weather all the year. The rainy

seas, to look at the beautiful mountains 28. Which one of the following statements
and valleys, and to shop . . . wood crafts.” is NOT TRUE according to the text?
yang artinya ”Banyak wisatawan asing A. Bali has four seasons.
mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati B. Bali is beautiful and interesting.
pemandangan yang indah dan upacara- C. Bali is surrounded by the sea.
upacara yang menarik, berenang di laut D. Bali is one of the tourist destinations
yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit in Indonesia.
yang indah, dan berbelanja . . . kerajinan Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
kayu.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Jawaban: A
paragraf tersebut tentang industri paling Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
penting di Bali (the most important industry (not true) adalah (A) yang artinya Bali
in Bali), yaitu pariwisata. Pilihan jawaban memiliki empat musim. Pernyataan ini tidak
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai benar karena letak Bali di dekat garis
dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) khatulistiwa, sehingga Bali memiliki dua
artinya letak Bali, (C) artinya yang paling musim, yaitu musim hujan (rainy season)
popular di Bali, dan (D) artinya gunung dan musim kemarau (dry season). Pilihan
yang indah di Bali. jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai
dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
27. The tourism industry in Bali offers us
Bali indah dan menarik, (C) artinya Bali
the following things, except ________.
dikelilingi oleh lautan, dan (D) artinya Bali
A. culture and nature
adalah salah satu tujuan wisata di Indonesia.
B. belief and religion
C. handicraft and tradition 29. “Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters
D. wood crafting and painting high and is visible from far away.”
Jawaban: B (Paragraph 1)
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua The underlined word means that something
paragraf dua, yaitu ”Many tourists visit Bali can be ________.
to see the beautiful scenery and interesting A. heard B. seen
festivals, to swim in the warm seas, to look C. tasted D. touched
at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and Jawaban: B
to shop for inexpensive and beautiful Kata ’visible’ artinya dapat dilihat (can be
clothes, paintings and wood crafts.” yang seen). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar.
artinya ”Banyak wisatawan asing Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati jawaban (A) artinya didengar, (C) artinya
pemandangan yang indah dan upacara- dirasa, dan (D) artinya disentuh.
upacara yang menarik, berenang di laut 30. That’s very dangerous! The children
yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit should not play
yang indah dan berbelanja pakaian, ________ the street.
lukisan, dan kerajinan kayu yang tidak A. on
mahal dan indah.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan B. in
bahwa wisata yang ditawarkan di Bali C. across
adalah wisata budaya (culture), wisata D. near
alam (nature), wisata adat-istiadat Jawaban: A
(tradition), wisata hasil karya (handicraft, Preposisi/kata depan yang tepat
wood carving, painting). Jadi, yang bukan melengkapi kalimat soal untuk
termasuk industri pariwisata di Bali adalah menunjukkan keterangan tempat ’the
kepercayaan dan agama (belief and street’ adalah on yang artinya di. Pilihan
religion), pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihan
dengan isi teks. jawaban (B) artinya di dalam, (C) artinya
di seberang, dan (D) artinya di dekat.

31. Ramli : Did you watch the match last 33. Who do you think delivers the announcement?
week? A. A student.
Yusran: Yes. Our class team lost the B. A class leader.
game. C. The principal.
Ramli : Why? D. An English teacher.
Yusran: Most of them played ________. Jawaban: D
A. quickly B. strongly Berdasarkan frasa kunci ’an English
C. carelessly D. carefully conversation class’ yang artinya ’kelas
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 percakapan bahasa Inggris’, dapat
Jawaban: C disimpulkan kalau yang menyampaikan
Karena tim kelas Yusran kalah dalam pengumuman tersebut adalah guru
pertandingan, dapat dipastikan bahwa bahasa Inggris (an English teacher).
mereka bermain dengan ceroboh Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
(carelessly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak sesuai dengan konteks teks.
salah karena adverb of manner tersebut
34. What will there be in the English
memiliki makna positif, yang dapat
conversation class tomorrow?
menyebabkan mereka menang dalam
A. A discussion. B. A game.
pertandingan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
C. A debate. D. A competition.
dengan cepat, (B) artinya dengan kuat,
Jawaban: B
dan (D) artinya dengan hati-hati.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir
32. Look at the picture. teks, yaitu ”. . . to play a game.” yang
It means ________. artinya ”. . . untuk bermain.”. Jadi, pada
kelas bahasa Inggris besok akan ada
permainan (a game).
35. What should the students do?
A. Bring a rope.
B. Make groups of three.
C. Bring a new magazine.
A. the road is winding
D. Conduct a debate.
B. the road is slippery
Jawaban: A
C. the car may not enter this street
Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat ”Each
D. there are a lot of winding turns
group should bring a hat, a rope and
an old magazine to play a game.” yang
Jawaban: C
artinya ”Tiap kelompok harus membawa
Tanda lalu lintas tersebut artinya dilarang
sebuah topi, tali, dan sebuah majalah
masuk. Jadi, tanda lalu lintas tersebut
bekas untuk bermain.”. Jadi, salah satu
menunjukkan bahwa mobil tidak boleh
barang yang harus dibawa adalah tali.
memasuki jalan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
artinya jalan berkelok-kelok, (B) artinya
jalan licin, dan (D) artinya ada banyak 36. I spend 5 hours at school. Arriving
tikungan. home from school at one p.m., I have
lunch. After that I _______ for an hour.
Read the following text and answer questions I need it, otherwise I would be sleepy to
33 to 35. do my homework in the evening.
Attention please, A. go to bed
There will be an English conversation B. take a nap
class tomorrow. Please make groups of four. C. close my eyes
Each group should bring a hat, a rope and D. sleep on the bed
an old magazine to play a game. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

Jawaban: B Maridi : Did he make many statues?
Paragraf tersebut menjelaskan kegiatan Azizah : Yes. And you know, his work
penulis sepulang sekolah. Frasa yang is so amazing.
tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah A. sculptor B. painter
pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya tidur C. curator D. orator
siang. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
sesudahnya yang menjelaskan bahwa Jawaban: A
penulis perlu melakukan itu (tidur siang) Kalimat soal bermaksud menyatakan
karena kalau tidak ia akan mengantuk saat pekerjaan laki-laki yang ditemui Azizah.
mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah pada Berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia dan
petang hari. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang frasa kunci ’make many statues’ yang
artinya pergi tidur salah karena frasa ini artinya ’membuat banyak patung’, dapat
untuk menunjukkan saat seseorang disimpulkan kalau pekerjaan laki-laki
hendak pergi tidur pada malam hari. tersebut adalah seorang pematung
Sementara itu, pilihan jawaban yang lain (a sculptor). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks; salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pelukis,
(C) artinya menutup mata, dan (D) artinya (C) artinya kolektor barang-barang antik,
tidur di ranjang. dan (D) artinya orang yang pandai
berpidato.
37. Molly : Look, Mom! These trousers
are too tight. Read the text and answer questions 39 to 42.
Mother: Oh dear, the trousers have Margarita lives at
turned out to be too small for Baliem Valley in Papua
you. Province. Look at her
Molly : So, you have to buy new house! It is called
bigger ones. ‘honai’. The wall is
Mother: I think so. made of wood and the
The opposite meaning of the underlined roof is made of ‘sali’,
word is _______. a kind of grass.
A. small B. big Margarita’s skirt is
C. loose D. short made of ‘sali’ too. There
are two floors inside the honai. The first
Jawaban: C
floor functions as the source of heat.
Antonim kata ’tight’ (sempit) adalah ’loose’
Margarita’s father puts some firewood on
(longgar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
the floor. It keeps the house warm because
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kecil,
the temperature is very cold. It is about 18
(B) artinya besar, dan (D) artinya pendek.
Celcius. There isn’t any furniture on the first
38. Look at the picture and complete the floor. There is only some grass and a ladder.
dialog. Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She
sleeps with her sisters and her mother. She
calls her ‘mama’. Her father and her
brothers do not sleep in the same honai.
They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near
Picture source: Margarita’s honai.
<http://www.deniek Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
sukarya.com>
Azizah : Hi, Maridi. How are you?
A. The description of Margarita.
Maridi : Fine. Did you join the study
B. The description of Margarita’s family.
tour to Bali last month?
C. The description of Papua Province.
Azizah : Sure. I went to an art center.
D. The description of Margarita’s house.
I met a ________.

Jawaban: D What does the underlined word refer to?
Teks tersebut merupakan teks deskriptif A. Margarita and her mother.
yang mendeskripsikan rumah Margarita. B. Margarita’s parents.
Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Look at C. Margarita’s father and brother.
her house! It is called ’honai’.” yang D. Margarita and her brother.
didukung dengan kata-kata kunci seperti Jawaban: C
’roof’, ’two floors’, ’furniture’. Pilihan Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak ’they’
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak mengacu pada orang yang telah
sesuai dengan isi teks. disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,
yaitu ayah dan saudara laki-laki Margarita
40. What is the wall of honai made of?
pada kalimat ”Her father and her brothers
A. Grass.
do not sleep in the same honai.”. Pilihan
B. Sali.
C. Soil.
orang yang dimaksud.
D. Wood.
Jawaban: D For questions 43 and 44, choose the option
Dinding rumah honai terbuat dari kayu. Hal which is closest in meaning to the
ini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, yaitu underlined words.
”The wall is made of wood . . . .” yang
The Baduy’s community is a (43) unique
artinya ”Dinding rumah itu terbuat dari
society. The people live in Banten. We can
kayu . . . .”.
(44) reach the place via a 10 km village road
41. Which of the following statements is NOT from Cibungur village in Leuwidamar
TRUE according to the text? district. It is a steep road.
A. There is a cupboard on the first floor.
43. A. unusual
B. Baliem Valley is situated in Papua
B. very old
Province.
C. very strange
C. Margarita sleeps with her sisters and
D. underdeveloped
her mother on the second floor.
Jawaban: A
D. Margarita’s father puts some firewood
Kata ’unique’ dalam konteks kalimat soal
on the first floor.
artinya ’unik/tidak seperti biasanya’. Kata
Jawaban: A
tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan
Pernyataan yang salah adalah pilihan
kata ’unusual’ yang artinya ’tidak seperti
jawaban (A) yang artinya di lantai satu ada
biasanya’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
lemari. Pernyataan ini bertentangan
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya sangat tua
dengan kalimat ”There isn’t any furniture
(kuno), (C) artinya sangat aneh, dan
on the first floor. There is only some grass
(D) artinya terbelakang.
and a ladder.” yang artinya ”Di lantai satu
tidak ada perabotan. Di sana hanya ada 44. A. gain B. achieve
rumput dan sebuah tangga.”. Pilihan C. arrive D. find
jawaban yang lain sesuai dengan isi teks. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat Jawaban: C
”Margarita lives at Baliem Valley in Papua Kata ’reach’ dalam konteks kalimat soal
Province.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat artinya ’mencapai/menjangkau’. Kata
”Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan
sleeps with her sisters and her mother.”, kata ’arrive’ yang artinya ’tiba/sampai’.
dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Margarita’s Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
father puts some firewood on the floor.”. jawaban (A) artinya memperoleh,
(B) artinya mencapai sesuatu (tujuan),
42. “They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near dan (D) artinya menemukan.
Margarita’s honai.” (The second last
sentence)

For questions 45 and 46, choose the suitable situ pasti ada jalan”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban
words to complete this passage. (C) 2–5–4–1–3 benar. Pilihan jawaban
Andika is an SMP student. He wears yang lain salah karena bukan kalimat yang
a school (45) ________. The shirt is white runtut.
and his (46) ________ are blue. He also 48. afternoon – the – please – flowers –
wears a blue hat on his head. 1 2 3 4
45. A. uniform B. custom water – this
C. dress D. fashion 5 6
Jawaban: A A. 1–2–3–5–4–6
Kalimat soal ”Andika is an SMP student. B. 2–5–4–6–1–3
He wears a school . . . .” artinya ”Andika C. 3–5–2–4–6–1
adalah siswa SMP. Ia memakai . . . D. 3–2–5–4–6–1
sekolah.”. Kata yang tepat untuk Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
melengkapi konteks kalimat adalah Jawaban: C
seragam (uniform). Jadi, pilihan jawaban Urutan kata yang tepat adalah (3) Please
(A) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (5) water (2) the (4) flowers (6) this
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya adat-istiadat, (1) afternoon. Kalimat tersebut artinya
(C) artinya baju, dan (D) artinya yang tolong sirami bunga sore nanti. Pilihan
berkaitan dengan pakaian. jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
kalimat yang logis.
46. A. shirts B. socks
C. shorts D. shoes For questions 49 and 50, rearrange the
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 sentences below into a good text.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal ”The shirt is white and his . . . 49. (1) Mr. Steven’s wife, Rebecca, is from
are blue.” artinya ”Kemejanya berwarna Australia. She has blonde hair. She’s
putih dan . . .-nya berwarna biru.”. Telah beautiful.
dijelaskan bahwa Andika adalah siswa (2) Bagas has a new neighbor. They just
SMP, sehingga yang berwarna biru adalah moved from Papua.
celana pendeknya (shorts). Jadi, pilihan (3) Mr. and Mrs. Steven have two nice
jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang children. They are Willy and Lola.
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya (4) What a happy family!
kemeja, (B) artinya kaus kaki, dan (5) That’s the Steven family. Mr. Steven is
(D) artinya sepatu. a soldier. He moves there because of
his duty.
For questions 47 and 48, rearrange the (6) Willy is six years old, while Lola is
jumbled words into a good sentence. eleven years old.
A. (1)–(5)–(3)–(2)–(6)–(4)
47. there is – where – a way – a will – there is B. (2)–(5)–(1)–(3)–(6)–(4)
1 2 3 4 5
C. (3)–(6)–(2)–(5)–(1)–(4)
The correct arrangement of the words D. (6)–(4)–(2)–(5)–(1)–(3)
to make a sentence is ________. Jawaban: B
A. 2–5–1–3–4 Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari
B. 1–2–3–5–4 kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan
C. 2–5–4–1–3 tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan, yaitu
D. 1–2–4–5–3 tetangga baru Bagas yang pindah dari
Papua (kalimat nomor 2). Kemudian,
Jawaban: D
kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentang
Kalimat tersebut adalah sebuah idiom,
tetangga baru itu, yaitu keluarga Pak
yaitu ”Where there is a will, there is a way”
Steven lengkap dengan profesinya dan
yang artinya ”Di mana ada kemauan, di
alasan kepindahan mereka dari Papua

(kalimat nomor 5). Kalimat berikutnya Jawaban: C
menjelaskan tentang istri Pak Steven yang Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari
berasal dari Australia lengkap dengan ciri kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan
fisiknya (kalimat nomor 1). Setelah itu, tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan (kalimat
kalimat berikutnya yang sesuai adalah nomor 4). Kemudian, kalimat berikutnya
kalimat yang menjelaskan anak dari Pak menjelaskan tentang ciri fisik tokoh
dan Bu Steven (kalimat nomor 3), yang tersebut (kalimat nomor 6) dan penjelasan
kemudian diikuti keterangan tentang usia bahwa meskipun tokoh itu sudah tua, ia
kedua anak mereka (kalimat nomor 6). tetap tampak kuat dan sehat (kalimat
Teks ditutup dengan kalimat yang nomor 2). Kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan
menyatakan bahwa mereka adalah tempat tinggal dan sifat tokoh itu (kalimat
keluarga yang bahagia (kalimat nomor 4). nomor 1), yang diikuti dengan penjelasan
tentang sifat itu bahwa ia bekerja keras
50. (1) My grandpa lives in a village. He is
setiap hari di sawah dan ia tidak pernah
really a diligent person.
merasa bosan dengan pekerjaannya
(2) However, he remains strong and
(kalimat nomor 7). Malahan tokoh itu
healthy because he always keeps his
merasa hidupnya bahagia dan pada saat
health and stamina.
senggang ia sering mengajak penulis pergi
(3) He is happy with his life. In his spare
memancing (kalimat nomor 3). Kalimat
time, sometimes he invites me to fish.
ditutup dengan penjelasan kalau mereka
(4) Let me introduce my grandfather. His
sering mendapat ikan besar, lalu
name is Mr. Jaya.
memasaknya (kalimat nomor 5).
(5) We often get many big fish and cook
them.
(6) My grandpa is tall and thin. He is old
enough, about 60 years old.
(7) As a farmer, he works hard in the field
every day. He never feels bored with
his work.
A. (2)–(1)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(3)–(5)
B. (3)–(5)–(4)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)
C. (4)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)–(3)–(5)
D. (4)–(6)–(3)–(5)–(2)–(1)–(7)

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
● ask for and give facts,
● ask for and give services,
● ask for clarification,
● respond interpersonally,
● deliver procedures using
spoken English,
● create short functional
texts (warnings),
● write procedures,
● write short functional
texts (tips), and
● use adverbs of time, place
and manner.
There are many English expressions used in

daily conversations. Each of them has its own use.
In this unit you will learn some expressions of asking
for and giving facts, asking for and giving services, asking
for clarification and responding interpersonally. Then, you will
study the uses of the expressions in some conversations provided
in this unit. At last, there are some exercises to do so you can prove
that you understand those expressions well.
Furthermore, you will also study one type of text. But first, do you
ever read a recipe book or paper folding book? If you do, do you
remember how the text is arranged? Does it consist of ingredients/
materials and steps/methods to make/do it? This kind of text is called
a procedure. Its purpose is to tell how to do or make something step
by step. You will learn more about procedures in this unit.

3.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Facts
Sinta, who drove you to

school this morning?
I never see him before.
Oh, he is my uncle.
He’s just come from
Denpasar for a holiday.
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. Sinta’s friend asks, “Sinta,
who drove you to school this morning?” The sentence is used to ask for a fact about the
man who drove her friend to school this morning. Then, Sinta replied, “Oh, he is my uncle.”
which is used to give a fact about the man.
Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for and give facts.
Asking for Facts Giving Facts
● I need to know the facts. ● Fine. The fact is . . . .

● I’d like to know more about it. ● O.K. I’ll tell you everything I know.
● Tell me more about it. ● Here’s the fact/story . . . .
● Can you tell me what’s going on? ● Well, the story is like this . . . .
● How did it happen? ● Let me tell you the fact . . . .
● How come? ● The truth is . . . .
● What does your brother look like? ● He is tall and handsome.
● How is your room like? ● It is not too big, but comfortable.
● Where do you live? ● I live at Jalan Semar number 19.
132 UNIT 3 Procedures

Asking for and Giving Services
Dion, can you help me

dry the car, please?
My pleasure,
Dad.
Thank you, son.
You’re welcome.
In the dialog above, the man asks his son to help him dry the car by saying, “Dion, can you
help me dry the car, please?” His son replies, “My pleasure, Dad.” It means that the boy
gives the service that his father has asked for.
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give services.
Asking for Services Giving Services

● Would you pass me that (pen), please? ● Sure. Here you are.
● Would you like to help? ● Yes, let me handle it for you.
● Could you . . .? ● No, problem.
● Can you . . . ? ● Sure, I can.
● Is it possible that you help me . . .? ● It is not a big deal.
● Will you help me . . .? ● Right away.
● Pass me (the pencil), please. ● O.K. Here it is.
● Please help me lift the table. ● Oh, certainly.

Asking for Clarification
I heard that you have

won a writing contest.
Is that right? That’s right.
The sentence “Is that right?” is used to ask for clarification.

“That’s right.” is the response.
Here are some other expressions to ask for clarification and their proper responses.
Asking for Clarification Responding

● Did you break my vase? ● No, I didn’t.
● Is it the book you’re looking for? ● You’re right.
● I heard that you lost your key. Is it true? ● Yeah.
● Did you play badminton an hour ago? ● No, I didn’t. I’ve just played football.
Responding Interpersonally
You know what! I will move

to Medan next month.
Really? I will
miss you, then.
I will miss you too.
The girl says, “I will move to Medan next month.” Her friend responds to the news by saying,
“Really? I will miss you, then.” The response is an expression of responding to a statement
interpersonally.

Here are some other expressions of responding interpersonally.
Questions/Statements Responding Interpersonally

● Are you going to Nia’s house after school? ● Yeah./Yup./Hmm.
● Can you pick me up at seven o’clock? ● Absolutely!
● This novel is very interesting. ● Is it?
● Mr. Jaya will move out to Surabaya next week. ● Really?
● I couldn’t sleep well last night. ● Couldn’t you?
● I will go to Denpasar to visit my uncle this holiday. ● Will you?
● I can play drums and keyboards. ● Can you? That’s very nice.
● This soup is salty. ● Is it?
● These shoes aren’t expensive. ● Is that so?

1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 2?
Jawaban: Asking for and giving something.
2. Suppose you feel thirsty after joining a PE class. Luckily, one of your friends brings a bottle of
orange juice. You want to ask some. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “May I ask some of your juice, please?”
3. Suppose your friend wants to borrow your homework because he/she hasn’t done it. What
would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Sorry, I can’t. You should do it yourself.”
A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.
1. Ryan : Did you hear that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah?

Deasy : You’re kidding! How? Tell me the story.
Ryan : Here’s the story. Last month she bought a microwave in Friends Supermarket and
got some coupons. Yesterday a letter came and told that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah.
Deasy : Wow, what a nice surprise!
2. Mrs. Hendra : Deni, do me a favor, please.

Deni : Yes, Mom. What is it?
Mrs. Hendra : Will you lift that desk and put it here?
Deni : Sure. What are you doing anyway, Mom?
Mrs. Hendra : I’m trying to rearrange the furniture. I think it will give the room a new, fresh
look.
Deni : You’re right, Mom.

3. Mr. Ridwan has a new mobile phone. He shows Tio the mobile phone.
Mr. Ridwan : What do you think of my new mobile phone?
Tio : I think it’s very nice. Is it a 3G mobile phone, Dad?
Mr. Ridwan : Yes.
Tio : Cool! Is it easy to operate it?
Mr. Ridwan : It is. Have a try.
Tio : Really? Thanks, Dad.
4. Father : Where is your mother, dear?
Delia : She’s in the backyard, Dad.
Father : Is she? What’s she doing there?
Delia : She’s watering the flowers. Shall I call her?
Father : No need, thanks.
Variasi:
A. Find the meaning of the following words.
1. kidding = bercanda 2. lottery = undian
3. billion = milyar 4. surprise = kejutan
5. matter = masalah 6. chili = cabe
7. curry = kari 8. to operate = mengoperasikan
9. backyard = halaman belakang 10. to water = menyirami
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs above.
1. For dialog 1. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about Rara who got 1 billion Rupiah.
2. How did Rara get the prize?
Jawaban: She got some coupons after buying a microwave in Friends Supermarket.
3. For dialog 2. What does mother ask Deni to do?
Jawaban: She asks him to lift the desk.
4. What is Deni’s mother doing?
Jawaban: She is rearranging the furniture.
5. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and his son.
6. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about a new mobile phone.
7. Who has the thing?
Jawaban: Mr. Ridwan (Tio’s father) does.
8. For dialog 4. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: At Delia’s house.
Jawaban: Father and his daughter.
10. What does Delia’s father say to ask for clarification about her mother?
Jawaban: He says, “What’s she doing there?”

Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.

Dialog 1
Rani : Hi, Nina. (1) Is your sister at home?
Nina : Hi. (2) No, she isn’t.
Rina : Where is she?
Nina : Hmm . . . (3) she’s going to the market.
Rani : When did she go?
Nina : (4) About an hour ago. I think, she’ll be home soon.
Rani : (5) O.K., I’ll wait for her then.
Nina : Please do. I’ll get you some drink.
Rani : Thank you.
Dialog 2
Adi : Enjoying the beauty of the temple, Sir?
Tourist : Yes. (1) It is very fantastic.
Adi : Um . . . (2) it’s a hot day, isn’t it?
Tourist : Yup! But (3) I like it very much. I can’t meet this in my country.
Adi : Well, (4) enjoy your trip, Sir.
Tourist : (5) Thanks.
Dialog 3
Mother is leaving and asks Diana for a favor.
Mother : (1) Could you help me, Diana?
Diana : Sure, Mom. (2) What is it?
Mother : Could you pick me up at Aunt Ida’s house this afternoon?
Diana : Of course. What time?
Mother : (3) At 3 p.m. Is it O.K.?
Diana : Yes, sure.
Mother : Thanks. Oh, by the way, (4) clean up the kitchen, please.
Diana : O.K. Anything else, Mom?
Mother : (5) No, that’s all. Thanks, dear. Well, I have to go now. Goodbye.
Diana : Bye, Mom.
Variasi:
Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard.
Sebelum pertemuan ini, guru sebaiknya memperbanyak percakapan-percakapan rumpang di
bawah ini. Selanjutnya, guru membacakan kedua percakapan yang lengkap.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa:
Dialog 1
Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.
Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) ________ now.
Amanda : Right away, Sir.
Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.
Amanda : (2) ________. Is there anything else, Sir?

Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) ________.
Amanda : (4) ________.
Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda.
Amanda : (5) ________.
Dialog 2
Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) ________ on my desk.
Students : Yes, Sir.
Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2) ________?
Seno : I’m still looking for it, Sir?
Teacher : Ari, I am waiting.
Seno : (3) ________. I can’t find it in my bag.
Teacher : Really? Or you didn’t do your homework.
Seno : No, Sir, (4) ________ my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.
Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is (5) ________.
Seno : Thank you, Sir.

Dialog 1
Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.
Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) come to my office now.
Amanda : Right away, Sir.
Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.
Amanda : (2) Certainly. Is there anything else, Sir?
Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) a cup of coffee, please.
Amanda : (4) Sure.
Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda.
Amanda : (5) You’re welcome.
Dialog 2
Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) collect your homework on my desk.
Students : Yes, Sir.
Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2) Where is your homework?
Seno : I’m still looking for it, Sir?
Teacher : Seno, I am waiting.
Seno : (3) I’m sorry, Sir. I can’t find it in my bag.
Teacher : Really? Or you didn’t do your homework.
Seno : No, Sir, (4) I really did my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.
Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is
(5) already on my desk.
Seno : Thank you, Sir.
B. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task A.

1. For dialog 1, Amanda is Mr. Reynold’s ________.
2. Mr. Reynold asks Amanda to ________.
3. Mr. Reynold wants to have ________ to drink.
4. The ________ will deliver Mr. Reynold’s order.
5. For dialog 2, the dialog takes place in ________.
6. The teacher asks the students to ________.

7. Seno cannot find his homework because he may ________.
8. The teacher tells Seno to submit his homework on the teacher’s desk ________.
Jawaban:
1. secretary
2. send the proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari
3. a cup of coffee
4. office boy
5. a classroom
6. collect their homework on his desk
7. forget to put it in his bag
8. tomorrow morning
C. Find the meanings of the following words.

1. market = pasar 2. beauty = keindahan
3. fantastic = menakjubkan 4. trip = perjalanan
5. to enjoy = menikmati 6. favor = bantuan
7. to pick up = menjemput 8. to clean up = membersihkan
9. aunt = tante/bibi 10. kitchen = dapur
Variasi:
Complete the following sentences with the words in Task C.
1. Can I ask you a ________ to lift the table?
2. The students will ________ their study tour to Bali.
3. Mother asks me to ________ my sister from her friend’s house.
4. Once a week mother goes to the ________ to shop our daily needs.
5. Next holiday I have a plan to visit my ________ who lives in Bandung.
6. You can enjoy the ________ of the sunrise from the top of Mount Bromo.
7. Every Sunday morning I help mother cook our breakfast in the ________.
8. The ________ to Tawangmangu becomes an unforgettable experience for me.
9. I really enjoyed the music concerst last night. The lighting system was ________.
10. On weekends, I always ________ my room and rearrange the things to avoid boredom.
Jawaban:
1. favor 2. enjoy 3. pick up 4. market
5. aunt 6. beauty 7. kitchen 8. trip
9. fantastic 10. clean up
D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in
Task B?
1. ______ For dialog 1. Rani is a friend of Nina’s sister.
2. ______ Nina’s sister is shopping in the market.
3. ______ Nina guesses that her sister will be long in the market.
4. ______ Rani has no time to wait for Nina’s sister.
5. ______ For dialog 2. The tourist is visiting a temple.

6. ______ The tourist thinks that the place is magnificent.
7. ______ The tourist dislikes the weather here.
8. ______ For dialog 3. Diana’s mother will visit Aunt Ida.
9. ______ Diana will pick up her mother in the morning.
10. ______ Diana refuse to clean up the kitchen.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Nina guesses that her sister will come home soon. It means that she won’t be long in the
market.)
4. F (Rani will wait for Nina’s sister. It means that she has time to wait for her.)
5. T
6. T
7. F (He likes the weather because he can’t meet this in his country.)
8. T
9. F (Diana will pick her mother up at 3 p.m. or three in the afternoon.)
10. F (She agrees to clean up the kitchen by saying, “O.K.”)
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialogs with the proper expressions from the boxes.
Dialog 1
a. Thank you b. your house is really nice

c. Please come in d. You’re right
e. Is it difficult to find my house
Rudi : Good evening, Rita.

Rita : Oh, you, Rudi. Good evening. (1) ________.
Rudi : Thank you.
Rita : (2) ________?
Rudi : Not really. You have given me a clear map and description of the house.
Rita : (3) ________. My house is the only one that has a mango tree.
Rudi : By the way, (4) ________.
Rita : (5) ________.
Dialog 2
a. Here is the trophy b. I have got the first winner

c. Congratulations d. Are you kidding
e. It’s great
Namira : Hey, look! (1) ________ in an English speech contest!

Nanda : (2) ________?
Namira : No, I am not. (3) ________.
Nanda : Wow! (4) ________! How could you get it?
Namira : Well, I have practiced a lot.
Nanda : You are very lucky. (5) ________, then!
Namira : Thank you.

Jawaban:
Dialog 1
1. c 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a
Dialog 2
1. b 2. d 3. a 4. e 5. c
Dialog 1
1. ______ The dialog takes place at Rudi’s house.
2. ______ It is difficult for Rudi to find Rita’s house.
3. ______ Rita gives Rudi a clear map and description of her house.
4. ______ Every house in Rita’s surrounding has a mango tree.
5. ______ Rudi thinks that Rita’s house is really nice.
Jawaban:
1. F (The dialog takes place at Rita’s house.)
2. F (It is easy for Rudi to find Rita’s house.)
3. T
4. F (Rita’s house is the only one that has a mango tree.)
5. T
Dialog 2
1. ______ Namira is giving news that she won in an English speech contest.
2. ______ Since the beginning, Nanda is certain about the news.
3. ______ Namira receives a trophy as the winner.
4. ______ Namira can be the winner for she have practiced a lot.
5. ______ Namira congratulates Nanda for her achievement.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (At the beginning, Nanda is doubtful about the news by saying, “Are you kidding?”)
3. T
4. T
5. F (It is Nanda who congratulates Namira for her achievement.)
E. Read the following dialogs.

Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1
Eka is looking for Ari, one of his schoolmates. However, he can’t find him.
Then, he meets a girl in front of Ari’s classroom.
Eka : Excuse me. Have you seen, Ari?
Siwi : Ari? Sorry, I don’t know him. What does he look like?
Eka : He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face.
Siwi : Does he wear glasses?
Eka : Yeah.
Siwi : It seems that he is in the library. I saw him going there.
Eka : O.K. Thanks.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. Where does the dialog happen?
2. Who is Ari?
3. What does Ari look like?
4. Are Siwi and Ari classmates? How do you know?
5. According to Siwi, where is Ari actually?
Jawaban:
1. At school.
2. He is one of Eka’s schoolmates.
3. He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face. He also wears glasses.
4. No, they aren’t. From Siwi’s sentence, “Ari? Sorry, I don’t know him.”, it means that they are
not classmates since Siwi doesn’t know Ari.
5. He is in the library.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Anggit is in the living room when Soni wants to go out. He looks in a hurry.
Mrs. Anggit : Where are you going in such a hurry, my boy?
Soni : I’m going to the cinema to see the latest Brad Pitt’s film, Mom.
Mrs. Anggit : Is it good?
Soni : It is, Mom. Today is the last day.
Mrs. Anggit : Is that true?
Soni : Yup! See you.
Mrs. Anggit : See you. Don’t come home late. And take care.
Soni : Sure, Mom.

2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
3. Where are Soni going?
4. What is Soni doing in that place?
5. What does Mrs. Anggit ask Soni?
Jawaban:
1. Mother and her son.
2. At Mrs. Anggit’s house.
3. He is going to the cinema.
4. He is going to see the latest Brad Pitt’s film.
5. She asks him not to come home late and take care of himself.

Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
You will find them in the dialogs in Task B.
1. cute = lucu menggemaskan 2. attention = perhatian
3. to offer = menawari 4. heavy = berat
5. bookshelf = rak buku 6. to bring = membawa
7. to pay (attention) = menaruh (perhatian) 8. uncle = paman
B. Read the following dialogs.
Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1
Sari : You know what! My uncle has a new baby!
Dewi : Really? Is it a boy or a girl?
Sari : A girl.
Dewi : Is she pretty?
Sari : Absolutely! She is pretty and very cute.
Dewi : Your uncle must be very happy.
Sari : Of course. He and his wife pay much attention to their baby.

1. What are the girls talking about?
2. How does the baby look?
3. What do Sari’s uncle and his wife do to their baby?
4. Sari said “She is pretty and very cute.” What does the word ‘she’ refer to?
Jawaban:
1. About Sari’s uncle’s baby.
2. She is pretty and very cute.
3. They pay much attention to their baby.
4. It refers to Sari’s uncle’s baby.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Rendra is bringing some books. Ririn, her daughter, sees her. She, then, offers her help.
Ririn : It must be too heavy. Let me help you, Mom.
Mrs. Rendra : Thanks.
Ririn : Where should I put these books?
Mrs. Rendra : In our new bookshelf. Thank you.
Ririn : Is there anything else I can help?
Mrs. Rendra : Well, can you get me a glass of water, dear. I’m so thirsty.
Ririn : Certainly, Mom. Please wait.
Mrs. Rendra : O.K.

2. What does Ririn offer?
3. What else does Mrs. Rendra ask Ririn?
4. Does Ririn fulfil her mother’s request? How do you know?

Jawaban:
1. Mother and her daughter.
2. She offers help to bring some of the books.
3. She asks Ririn to get her a glass of water.
4. Yes, she does. From Ririn’s sentence, “Certainly, Mom.”
F. Listen to your teacher.

Write down the expressions you have heard on a sheet of paper.
In turns, use the expressions in short conversations with your friend.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. Can you do me a favor?
2. I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.
3. Can you help me cut this paper?
4. Yes, let me handle it, for you.
5. Will you help me paint the wall?
6. Please pass me the cardboard.
7. There will a night fair in the city!
8. You won the contest? Is it confirmed?
9. What does your new biology teacher look like?
10. We will go home earlier because of the teachers’ meeting!
Example:
You will hear : I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.
The conversation : Student A : It’s very hot today! Can I get you something?
Student B : I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.
Student A : O.K. Please wait.
G. Listen to the dialogs. Jawaban: C

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang
answer. diucapkan anak lelaki (Eka),”Excuse me.
Are you a new teacher, Sir?” dan juga
jawaban laki-laki dewasa, ”Yes, I am.”.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: 2. Eka said, “Excuse me. Are you a new
This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. teacher, Sir?” What does it mean?
Eka : Good morning, Sir. A. He is asking for an opinion.
Man : Good morning. B. He is asking for a fact.
Eka : Excuse me. Are you a new teacher, C. He is telling a fact.
Sir? D. He is giving an opinion.
Man : Yes, I am. I replace Mr. Sudirman Jawaban: B
who has been retired. Kalimat itu berarti ”Maaf. Apakah Anda
guru baru di sini?”. Kalimat ini
1. Who are talking in the dialog? menanyakan fakta (asking for a fact).
A. A student and his friend. 3. Who has been retired?
B. A father and his son. A. Mr. Suhardi.
C. A student and a teacher. B. Mr. Sudirman.
D. A principal and a student. C. Eka.
D. The teacher who speaks with Eka.

Jawaban: B
Dalam percakapan guru mengatakan, Dawiya : Well, I am waiting for the train to
”I replace Mr. Sudirman who has been Surabaya.
retired.” yang artinya ”Saya menggantikan Sinta : What time does the train come?
Pak Sudirman yang pensiun.”. Jadi, yang Dawiya : Based on the schedule, it arrives
sudah pensiun adalah Pak Sudirman. at 8:10 a.m. Look! That’s my train!
Sinta : Yes, it is. Let me help you bring
your suitcase.
Dawiya : No, thanks. I can manage myself.
This dialog is for questions 4 to 6. O.K., I have to go now. See you
Ria : Do me a favor, please. soon, Sinta.
Putri : Yes? Sinta : See you. Take care.
Ria : Pass me the ketchup. Dawiya : Thanks.
Putri : Sure, here you’re.
Ria : Thanks. 6. Where does the dialog take place?
Putri : Anything else? A. At the bus station.
Ria : The pepper, please. B. At the railway station.
Putri : Here it is. C. In an airport.
D. In a taxi pool.
4. What are the speakers probably doing? Jawaban: B
A. Cooking. B. Chating. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata ’train’ yang
C. Arguing. D. Discussing. artinya ’kereta api’ dan kalimat ”Look!
Jawaban: A That’s my train!” yang artinya ”Lihat! Itu
Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci, seperti kereta saya!”. Jadi, percakapan tersebut
’ketchup’ dan ’pepper’, kegiatan yang terjadi di stasiun kereta api.
sesuai sedang dilakukan kedua pembicara
adalah memasak. Pilihan jawaban yang 7. Where is Dawiya going to?
lain salah karena tidak ada kaitannya A. Yogyakarta. B. Surakarta.
dengan kecap dan lada. Pilihan jawaban C. Jakarta. D. Surabaya.
(B) artinya berbincang-bincang, (C) artinya Jawaban: D
berdebat, dan (D) artinya berdiskusi. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang
diucapkan Dawiya, ”Well, I am waiting for
5. Ria says, “Do me a favor, please.” the train to Surabaya.” yang artinya ”Saya
What does it mean? sedang menunggu kereta ke Surabaya.”,
A. She is asking for a fact. sehingga ’she’ mengacu kepada Dawiya.
B. She is asking for an opinion. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
C. She is telling a fact. tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
D. She is asking for something.
Jawaban: D 8. When do the speakers meet?
Kalimat yang diucapkan Ria artinya A. In the evening.
”Tolong, bantu saya.”. Jadi, maksud B. In the afternoon.
kalimat itu adalah untuk meminta sesuatu C. In the morning.
(asking for something). D. At night.
Jawaban: C
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Dawiya
yang mengatakan bahwa ia sedang
This dialog is for questions 7 to 10.
menunggu kereta ke Surabaya yang akan
Dawiya : Hi, Sinta! What are you doing tiba pukul 8.10 pagi (8:10 a.m.). Itu artinya
here? Dawiya dan Sinta bertemu pada pagi hari.
Sinta : Hi, Dawiya! Well, I am waiting for Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
my sister. She comes from pada pagi hari benar.
Yogyakarta. What about you?

A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Dialog 1
Ira : Farid, what are you looking at?
Farid : Look! Aren’t they the photos of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in our school?
Ira : Yes, they are. So?
Farid : Aren’t they the students of Grade VIIIB?
Ira : Yes, they are. This is Ririn, Ina, Anton . . . .
Farid : I think they look different now . . . . They look more mature.
Ira : You’re right. Moreover, they didn’t wear uniforms.
Farid : I agree.
Dialog 2
Vika : Dad, could you help me?
Mr. Anjar : Sure, sweety. What is it?
Vika : I want to send a document, but I don’t know how to use the fax machine.
Mr. Anjar : All right, let me show you. First, put the document you want to send here, and then dial
the receiver number.
Vika : O.K. Then?
Mr. Anjar : Just push the start button.
Vika : Hmm. It’s easy. Thank you, Dad.
Mr. Anjar : My pleasure, sweety.
Dialog 3
Mother : Dear, you haven’t watered the flowers, have you?
Chyntia : O gosh, I’m sorry, Mom. I forgot.
Mother : I think you have forgotten to water them for some days. Look, some of them become
wilt now.
Chyntia : Sorry, Mom. I didn’t mean it. I really forgot to do that.
Mother : Recently, you are always busy watching television every afternoon, so you forget your
duties.
Chyntia : I know, but I promise it won’t happen again.
Mother : I hope you can keep your promise.
Chyntia : I will. O.K., I’ll water the flowers now.
Variasi:
Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the dialogs above.
1. childish >< mature 2. to put off >< to wear
3. to hide >< to show 4. to receive >< to send
5. difficult >< easy 6. fresh >< wilt
7. to remember >< to forget 8. spare >< busy
9. later >< now 10. to break (promise) >< to keep (promise)

B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
Jawaban: About the photos of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in their school.
2. Whom do they see?
Jawaban: The students of Grade VIIIB.
3. What does Farid think about them?
Jawaban: They look different and more mature now.
4. Does Ira agree with him?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
5. “. . . of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in our school?”
What is the word ‘celebration’ in Indonesian?
Jawaban: It is ‘perayaan’.
Dialog 2
Jawaban: How to send a document using a fax machine.
2. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and daughter.
Jawaban: At Mr. Anjar’s or Vika’s house.
4. What should Vika do to send the document?
Jawaban: She puts the document she wants to send in the machine, then dials the receiver
number, and finally pushes the start button.
5. Vika says, “Dad, could you help me?”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is asking for help.
Dialog 3
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Mother and daughter.
2. Mother said, “Dear, you haven’t watered the flowers, have you?”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is asking for clarification.
3. What happens to the flowers?
Jawaban: Some of them become wilt.
4. Why are the flowers wilt?
Jawaban: Chyntia has forgotten to water them for some days.
5. What makes Chyntia forget her task?
Jawaban: Recently, she is always busy watching television every afternoon.
Variasi:
Listen and repeat after the teacher.
Dialog 1
Johan : Excuse me, Sir. I want to go to Prambanan Temple, but I don’t know the
way to go there. Can you show me?
Mr. Danang : Sure. You can take a pedicab, or you can go there on foot. It is not far from
here.

Johan : Really? How far is it from this hotel?
Mr. Danang : Not more than a kilometer. You can follow this road, go straight to the west.
There you will see the entrance gate. Then, you can get the ticket in the ticket
box near the entrance.
Johan : Thank you for your help.
Mr. Danang : You’re welcome.
Questions:
Jawaban: In a hotel.
Jawaban: About the way to reach Prambanan Temple from the hotel.
3. How can Johan reach the place?
Jawaban: He can take a pedicab, or go there on foot.
4. How far is the place from the hotel?
Jawaban: Not more than a kilometer.
5. Where is the ticket box situated?
Jawaban: Near the entrance gate of the temple.
Dialog 2
Mr. Chandra : Rian, get me a screwdriver, please.
Rian : Here it is, Dad. What else?
Mr. Chandra : Cutter, please.
Rian : Um . . . I don’t have a cutter. Do you have it, Dad?
Mr. Chandra : Yes. It is in my toolbox.
Rian : Where is the toolbox?
Mr. Chandra : It is under the cupboard.
Rian : O.K. I will take it.
Mr. Chandra : Thanks.
Questions:
Jawaban: In a garage.
2. What do you think they are going to do?
Contoh jawaban: They are going to fix or repair something.
3. What does Mr. Chandra need?
Jawaban: He needs a screwdriver and a cutter.
4. Where does Mr. Chandra keep the cutter?
Jawaban: In his toolbox.
5. Where can Rian find the box?
Jawaban: Under the cupboard.
C. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
Then, perform it with a friend.
Dialog 1
a. What’s her name b. That’s right

c. Where does she live d. I think she is smart and friendly
e. I have a new friend

Ayu : Mom, (1) ________. She lives around here.
Mrs. Setiawan : Does she? (2) ________?
Ayu : Only one block from here.
Mrs. Setiawan : (3) ________?
Ayu : Adinda.
Mrs. Setiawan : Adinda? Um . . . is she Mrs. Roy’s daughter?
Ayu : (4) ________.
Mrs. Setiawan : What do you think of her?
Ayu : (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d
Dialog 2
a. My sister saw you in the mall

b. She just saw you in distance
c. Maybe you’re right
d. No, it’s not true
e. But she believes that it was you
Sheila and Firman are talking in the canteen.

Sheila : Firman, I heard that yesterday you did a window shopping with a girl. Is it right?
Firman : What? (1) ________. I stayed at home all day. Who said that?
Sheila : Don’t tell me a lie. (2) ________.
Firman : Maybe your sister is wrong. I didn’t go to the mall yesterday.
Sheila : (3) ________.
Firman : Suppose he was me, why didn’t she greet me?
Sheila : (4) ________.
Firman : Perhaps that boy just looks like me. So, your sister thought that he was me.
Sheila : (5) ________. Well, just forget it.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c
D. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 1
1. The dialog happens between ________ and ________.
2. The speakers are talking about ________.
3. Ayu’s new friend lives ________ from her house.
4. Mrs. Setiawan knows Ayu’s new friend because she is ________.
5. Ayu thinks that her new friend is ________.
Dialog 2
1. Sheila heard that Firman went to ________ with ________ yesterday.
2. Sheila got the news from ________.
3. Firman denied that he did window shopping because ________.
4. According to Sheila’s sister, she saw Firman ________, so she didn’t greet him.
5. Firman argues that perhaps the boy ________.

Jawaban:
Dialog 1
1. mother; daughter 2. Adinda, Ayu’s new friend
3. one block 4. Mrs. Roy’s daughter
5. smart and friendly
Dialog 2
1. a mall; a girl 2. her sister
3. he stayed at home all the day 4. in distance
5. looks like him
Variasi:
Complete each dialog below with the correct expressions from the box.
Dialog 1
a. All right b. can you help me, please

c. Which dictionary do you need d. Certainly
e. Where is your dictionary
Rina and Ayu are doing their group assignment during the break. Rina puts her bag beside Ayu.
Rina : Ayu, (1) ________?
Ayu : (2) ________. What can I do for you?
Rina : Take me a dictionary, please.
Ayu : (3) ________?
Rina : It’s in my bag.
Ayu : (4) ________? I mean . . . there are two dictionaries in your bag.
The English-Indonesian or Indonesian-English dictionary?
Rina : The English-Indonesian dictionary, please.
Ayu : (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a
Dialog 2
a. Do you b. So we are neighbors

c. May I know your name d. Where do you live
e. Nice name
Bagas is at the bus stop. There is a girl standing beside him.

Bagas : Hi, I’m Bagas. (1) ________?
Jasmine : Hi, Bagas. Sure, I’m Jasmine.
Bagas : (2) ________. Where are you off to?
Jasmine : Er . . . going home. And you?
Bagas : Me to. (3) ________?
Jasmine : On Jalan Semar.
Bagas : Jalan Semar? I live at Jalan Semar number 47.
Jasmine : (4) ________? I live at Jalan Semar number 25.
Bagas : (5) ________. Small world, isn’t it?
Jasmine : Yeah.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b

1. ______ For dialog 1. The dialog takes place in a classroom.
2. ______ Rina asks for Ayu’s favor to take her bag.
3. ______ Ayu brings two dictionaries in her bag.
4. ______ Rina needs an Indonesian-English dictionary.
5. ______ For dialog 2. Bagas and Jasmine have not known each other before.
6. ______ The speakers are waiting for a bus.
7. ______ Both of the speakers are going to school.
8. ______ The speaker’s houses are situated on the same street.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Rina asks for Ayu’s favor to take her dictionary.)
3. F (It is Rina who brings two dictionaries, not Ayu.)
4. F (Rina needs an English-Indonesian dictionary.)
5. T
6. T
7. F (They are going home.)
8. T
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dialog 1
Listy is in the bus stop. She’s looking for her purse.
5 Listy : Are you sure, Sir?
8 A man : It’s all right. I understand.
7 Listy : I’m sorry, then, for bothering you.
2 A man : Yes. What is it?
1 Listy : Excuse me, Sir. I would like to ask you something.
4 A man : Sorry, I didn’t see any purse here.
3 Listy : Hmm, did you see my purse around here? It’s green.
6 A man : Definitely.
Dialog 2
At the break . . . .
2 Sonia : Yes, it’s true.
5 Tika : Medan? That is so far away.
8 Sonia : I will miss you too.
1 Tika : Sonia, Adita told me that you will move to another town. Is it true?
4 Sonia : To Medan.
7 Tika : I will miss you then.
6 Sonia : Well, my father has got a new position. He has to manage a new branch office in
Medan.
3 Tika : Where will you move then?

F. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task E?
Dialog 1
1. ______ Listy is losing her purse.
2. ______ Listy’s purse is yellow.
3. ______ The man didn’t see any purse at the bus stop.
4. ______ Listy apologizes for bothering the man.
5. ______ Finally, Listy can get her purse back.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Listy’s purse is green.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (Listy cannot find her purse. It means she doesn’t get her purse back.)
Dialog 2
1. ______ Sonia herself tells Tika about her movement to Medan.
2. ______ Sonia has to move to Medan because her father has got a new position.
3. ______ Sonia’s father’s company has just opened a new branch office in Medan.
4. ______ Medan is situated not far from the girls’ town.
5. ______ Both of the girls will miss each other.
Jawaban:
1. F (Aditya tells Tika about Sonia’s movement to Medan, not Sonia herself.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (Based on Tika’s sentence saying “Medan? That is so far away.”, it can be concluded that
Medan is situated far from the girls’ town.)
5. T
Variasi:
Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswa
menyalinnya di buku masing-masing.
A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
3 Tirta : Well, I want to borrow these books.
6 Ms. Dina : Good! Listen, you should return the books next week.
1 Tirta : Good morning, Miss.
4 Ms. Dina : O.K. May I see your member card, please?
7 Tirta : All right, Miss. Thank you.
2 Ms. Dina : Good morning. What can I do for you?
5 Tirta : Sure. Here you are.

Dialog 2
3 Ida : Thanks. Hmm . . . is this your mother?
6 Andi : She is a tour guide. She takes people on tours here in Bandung.
9 Ida : She is a doctor. She works in Mitra Sehat Hospital.
2 Andi : Sure. Just open it.
11 Ida : I think so.
4 Andi : No, she’s my aunt. My mother is next to her.
7 Ida : That sounds great! I think a tour guide is an interesting job.
10 Andi : Really? My sister is a nurse there. They must know each other.
5 Ida : I see. What does your mother do?
8 Andi : Yes, it’s an interesting job. My mother loves it. What about your mother?
1 Ida : Andi, may I see this photo album?
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1
Jawaban: About borrowing books.
Jawaban: In a school library.
3. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: A student and a librarian.
4. Tirta wants to borrow a book. What should he have?
Jawaban: He should have a member card.
5. How long can Tirta borrow the books?
Jawaban: For a week.
Dialog 2
Jawaban: They are talking about their mothers’ professions.
Jawaban: In Andi’s house.
3. What does Andi’s mother do?
Jawaban: She is a tour guide.
4. What is her duty?
Jawaban: She takes people on tours in Bandung.
5. What does Ida’s mother do?
Jawaban: She is a doctor.

mengapa kamu tidak ikut lomba itu?”, dan
G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
dibenarkan oleh Fitri dengan menyebutkan
answer.
alasan ia tidak ikut lomba, yaitu karena ia
tidak punya rasa percaya diri. Pilihan
Read the dialog and answer questions 1
jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai
and 2.
dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban
Fitri : Deasy, you won the English speaking (B) sesuai dengan ucapan Fitri ”I have no
contest, right? confidence to do it.”, (C) sesuai dengan
Deasy : That’s right. ucapan Fitri ”Well, I can’t speak English
Fitri : Congratulations! fluently.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan ucapan
Deasy : Thank you. Anyway, why didn’t you Deasy ”All you need is just more practice.”
join the contest?
Fitri : I have no confidence to do it. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Deasy : Why? Mrs. Yudi : Can you help me, please?
Fitri : Well, I can’t speak English fluently. Shop assistant : Sure. What can I do for you?
Deasy : O, come on. I believe that you can Mrs. Yudi : I want some cookies on the
speak English well. All you need is shelf, but I can’t take them.
just more practice. Could you help me get them,
1. Deasy said, “Anyway, why didn’t you join please?
the contest?” Shop assistant : Sure, Ma’am. Here you’re.
The underlined word can be best replaced Mrs. Yudi : Thanks. By the way, where
by ________. can I get chocolate?
A. complete B. put on Shop assistant : Over there, on the dairy
C. take part D. collect section. Let me show you,
Jawaban: C then.
Kata ’join’ artinya bergabung atau ikut. Mrs. Yudi : No, thanks. I can handle it.
Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama Shop assistant : Are you sure, Ma’am?
dengan kata ’take part’ yang artinya ambil Mrs. Yudi : Sure, thanks.
bagian. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 3. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
karena memiliki makna yang berbeda. A. In the Internet cafe.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya melengkapi, B. In a restaurant.
(B) artinya meletakkan/mengenakan, dan C. In a hospital.
(D) artinya mengumpulkan. D. In a supermarket.
2. The following statements are TRUE about Jawaban: D
Fitri, except ________. Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci ’shop
A. she took part in the contest assistant’ (pelayan toko), ’shelf’ (rak),
B. she has no confidence to follow the ’dairy section’ (bagian produk susu), dapat
contest disimpulkan kalau percakapan tersebut
C. she thinks that she can’t speak berlangsung di supermarket, bukan di (A)
English fluently warung Internet, (B) restoran, atau
D. according to Deasy, she only needs to (C) rumah sakit.
practice more 4. Mrs. Yudi said, “Could you help me get
Jawaban: A them, please?”
Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ia ambil What does it mean?
bagian dalam kontes itu, benar untuk A. She is asking for information.
pernyataan yang salah. Pernyataan ini B. She is asking for service.
bertentangan dengan pertanyaan Deasy, C. She is giving information.
yaitu ”Anyway, why didn’t you join the D. She is giving service.
contest?” yang artinya ”Ngomong-omong,

Jawaban: B The underlined word refers to ________.
Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Bersediakah A. the shelves B. the cookies
Anda mengambilkannya untuk saya?”. C. the visitors D. the chocolate
Kalimat ini diucapkan untuk meminta jasa Jawaban: B
seseorang (asking for service). Pilihan Kata ’them’ mengacu pada objek yang
jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan telah disebutkan pada kalimat
tujuan ucapan tersebut. sebelumnya, yaitu ’the cookies’ pada
kalimat ”I want some cookies on the shelf,
5. Mrs. Yudi said, “Could you help me get
. . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
them, please?”
karena bukan kata yang dimaksud.
H. In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline below.
Gilang Niko
says that he is thirsty and want iced-tea.

says that he is also thirsty and wants soft
▲
▲ drink. Asks whether Gilang likes soft drink.
says that he does not really like it.
▲
asks for clarification.
explains that drinking soft drink every day is
▲
not good.
asks for clarification.
▲
clarifies it.
▲
Contoh jawaban:
Gilang : I’m so thirsty. I want to drink iced-tea.
Niko : I want soft drink. Don’t you like soft drink?
Gilang : Not really.
Niko : What do you mean?
Gilang : Drinking soft drink every day is not good for our health.
Niko : Is it right?
Gilang : Yes.
I. Create a dialog based on one of the pictures below.

Use the key words and the expressions you have learned.
1. 2.
ripculz.wordpress.com/
upload.wikimedia.org/
Source: <http://
Source: <http://
wikipedia/>
2009/07/>
Mount Jaya Wijaya The Komodo Island

snow on the peak of the mountain nominated as one of the natural seven wonders

3. 4.
fc01.deviantart.net/fs48/f/
slayerselendangshawl.>
gambar.iklanmax.com/
20081224/230859/
Source: <http://
Source: <http://
2009/203/>
The Suramadu Bridge batik—stated as the world’s cultural
built across Madura Strait heritage by UNESCO
5.
Slideshows/_production/ss-
msnbcmedia.msn.com/j/
090930-indo-quake/ss-
MSNBC/Components/
091002-indoquake-
Source: <http://
01.ss_full.>
earthquake hit Padang

hundreds of people died
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Did you know that we have a mountain which has snow on its peak?
Your friend : No, I didn’t. Is there any?
You : Well, it is Mount Jaya Wijaya in Papua.
Your friend : Unbelievable! Our country is situated on the equator, but there is snow!
Amazing!
You : It is.
2. You : Have you voted the Komodo Island as one of the natural seven wonders?
Your friend : Of course, I have. What about you?
You : I have too. Let’s ask the others to vote.
Your friend : Good idea!
3. You : Where were you last week?
Your friend : I visited my uncle’s family in Madura.
You : Did you pass through the Suramadu Bridge?
Your friend : Yes, I did. It was cool! That was the first time I saw myself a bridge across
a strait.
You : How lucky you are! I hope I can be there someday.
4. You : Do you have time tomorrow after school?
Your friend : I think so. Why?
You : I need to buy a batik shirt. Will you go with me to a fashion shop?
Your friend : Sure. By the way, did you know that batik was declared by UNESCO as the
world’s cultural heritage?
You : Was it? When?
Your friend : On October 2, 2009.
You : That was great!

5. You :
Have you heard the news?
Your friend :
What news?
You :
An earthquake hit Padang this afternoon!
Your friend :
Are you sure about it?
You :
I am. I watched the news on TV. It happened at 5:16 p.m. And it is predicted that
hundreds of people died. Some of them are still buried under the ruins.
Your friend : What a tragedy!
3.2 Genre
Spoken Text

Do you like ice cream? Do you want to know how to make it? I’ll tell you how to make
a five-minute ice cream.
First of all, you have to prepare the ingredients. They are one package of frozen fruit,
½ cup of sugar, 2/3 cup of heavy cream and 1 teaspoonful of vanilla.
Let’s start making it. Firstly, combine the frozen fruit, of sugar, cream and vanilla in a food
processor or blender. Secondly, process until the fruit is roughly chopped and the mixture
resembles ice cream. Then, your ice cream is ready to enjoy!
You can eat the ice cream now if you can’t wait, or freeze for firmer texture. The ice
cream can be frozen for up to a week.
Adapted from: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a spoken procedure. It functions to tell how to make something
through a sequence of steps.
Written Text
5-Minute Ice Cream
Aim/goal

What you need:
1 package frozen fruit
1/2 cup sugar
Materials/
2/3 cup heavy cream
Ingredients
1 tsp vanilla
Step 1 Make Ice Cream!

Combine the frozen fruit, sugar, cream and vanilla in a food
processor or blender. Process until the fruit is roughly chopped
and mixture resembles ice cream.
Steps
Step 2 Eat!
Your ice cream is ready to enjoy!
Eat now if you can’t wait, or freeze for firmer texture.
The ice cream can be frozen for up to a week.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a written procedure. A procedure tells how to make something through
a sequence of actions or steps. It usually uses imperative sentences, such as cut, place,
use, etc.
The structure of the text is:
● aim/goal,
● materials/ingredients,
● steps/methods.

Grammar Section
Adverbs
Study the following sentences.

● Aryani dances beautifully.
● Shinta arrived late due to a flat tire.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called adverbs; the
first is an adverb of manner and the second is an adverb of time.
An adverb is a describing word. It describes actions or verbs. It tells you the way someone
does something.
There are some kinds of adverbs. Among them are:
1. Adverbs of Manner
They tell you the way people do things.
Examples:
● Mr. Arman wrote the recipe clearly.
● The boy does the exercises fast.
Other common adverbs of manner are:
● brightly ● freely ● carelessly ● correctly

● cheaply ● quickly ● loudly ● beautifully
2. Adverbs of Time
They tell you when someone does something, or when something happens.
Examples:
● It rained hard last night.
● The students of VIIA are playing volleyball now.
Other common adverbs of time are:
● tomorrow ● soon ● early ● late

● already ● yesterday ● this afternoon ● next month
3. Adverbs of Place
They tell you where things happen, or where someone or something is going.
Examples:
● The children are playing upstairs.
● Your seat is over there.
Other common adverbs of place are:
● upstairs ● anywhere ● near
4. Adverbs which are used to introduce the first, second, etc. of a list of points/things
Examples:
● Firstly, whisk the eggs.
● Finally, serve it in a bowl.

1. What text type have you learned in Unit 2?
Jawaban: Descriptives.
Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
3. Can you mention some titles of descriptives? What are they?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. There are My lovely House, My Beloved Family, My School.

Put the following pictures into the correct order based on the procedure you have
heard.

Have you ever heard about a sauted green shrimp? Let me tell you how to make it.
Firstly, wash the vegetables and peel off the garlic. Then, chop the vegetables and slice the
garlic very thin. Now, prepare the shrimps. Next, heat the oil in a frying pan. Saute the garlic,
shrimp and the vegetables. Finally, cook then serve it on a plate.
Gambar yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
2 1 5
6 3 4
B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
Jawaban: How to make a sauted green shrimp.
2. What should you slice very thin?
Jawaban: The garlic.

3. What should you do after slicing the garlic?
Jawaban: Preparing the shrimp.
4. What should you saute firstly?
Jawaban: The garlic.
5. What should you saute lastly?
Jawaban: The vegetables.
Variasi:
A. You will hear the following words in the monolog in Task B.
Find the meanings of the words.
1. straight = lurus
2. thigh = paha
3. exhale = menghembuskan napas
4. slide = mendorong
5. stretch = merentangkan
6. waist = pinggang
7. toward = ke arah
8. bend = membungkukkan
9. leg = kaki (bagian yang panjang)
10. feet = kaki bagian bawah, yang digunakan orang/hewan untuk berdiri
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?
Did you know that your muscles are flexible?
Flexible means that they are able to bend or stretch.
Try this activity to know how flexible you are.
First, sit on the floor with your legs straight out
in front of you. Place your hands on your thighs,
keep your arms straight. As you slowly exhale, bend
at the waist, sliding your hands along your legs
toward your feet. Stretch as far as you can. Can you
Picture source: October 6, 2009 reach your feet?
<http://www.health.com/health/library/mdp/ Source: Head to Toe Science
0,zm6022,00.html>
Statements:
1. ______ Your legs should be straight out in front of you.
2. ______ You should place your hands on your waist before sliding them.
3. ______ You should exhale fast while bending at the waist.
4. ______ You should stretch as far as you can.
5. ______ The activity is to know how flexible you are.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (You should place your hands on your thighs.)
3. F (You should exhale slowly.)
4. T
5. T

C. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the text based on what you have heard.
How to Digest Food Faster with One Simple Exercise
Certain foods tend to take longer to digest than others. Here is a simple trick that my step
aerobics teacher has taught me, to help (1) digest your food during the day or before you go to
bed at night. It only takes a few minutes.
Difficulty: Moderately Easy
Instructions:
Step 1
The first thing you need to do is lie flat (2) on your belly on
the floor. You will need to be on a hard surface, so no beds
or couches.
Step 2
Next thing you need to do is (3) reach behind you and grab
your legs (4) with your hands.
Step 3
Next, pick up your neck and (5) look forward.
Step 4
Now, start rocking in a back and forth motion like (6) a rocking horse.
Step 5
Count to 20 and (7) take a break. Return to your starting position and (8) repeat the steps
a few more times. Make sure you count to 20 each time.
Step 6
This is targeting (9) your stomach area, and the rocking motion helps (10) digest food
quicker.
Source: Sammysfirefox22, October 6, 2009 <http://www.ehow.com/how_5196597_digest-faster-one-simple-

exercise.html>

a rocking horse.” yang artinya ”Sekarang,
D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
mulailah bergoyang dengan gerakan ke
answer based on the text in Task C.
depan dan ke belakang seperti kuda
goyang.”.
1. Where should you lie on to do that activity?
A. Beds. B. Matresses. 4. How many should you count before you
C. Couches. D. Floors. take a break?
Jawaban: D A. Ten. B. Fifteen.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The C. Twenty. D. Twenty-five.
first thing you need to do is lie flat on your Jawaban: C
belly on the floor.”. Jadi, ketika melakukan Pada langkah kedua terdapat kalimat
kegiatan ini, kita berbaring di atas ”Count to 20 and take a break.”. Jadi,
permukaan lantai. kamu dapat beristirahat setelah 20
(twenty) hitungan.”.
2. What should you do to your legs?
A. Lift them high. 5. When do you pick up your neck and look
B. Grab them with our hands. forward?
C. Place them firmly on the floor. A. After we rock.
D. Push them to move towards our heads. B. After we reach behind us.
Jawaban: B C. Before we grab our legs.
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat D. Before we lie flat.
pada langkah kedua ”. . . grab your legs Jawaban: B
with your hands.” yang artinya ” . . . raih Dalam teks langkah ”Next, pick up your
kedua kaki dengan tanganmu.”. neck and look forward.” adalah langkah
ketiga dan ”. . . is reach behind you and
3. How do you do the rocking movement?
grab your legs with your hands.” adalah
A. In a back and forth motion.
langkah kedua. Jadi, kita dapat melakukan
B. In a left and right motion.
kegiatan mengangkat leher dan melihat ke
C. In a top and down motion.
depan setelah kita menggapai bagian
D. In a free motion.
belakang (after we reach behind us) dan
Jawaban: A
meraih kedua kaki dengan tangan (after
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang
we grab our legs with our hands).
disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Now, start
rocking in a back and forth motion like
A. You will find the following words in the text in Task B.

Find their meanings.
1. sturdy = kokoh, kuat
2. to fold = melipat
3. to bend = menekuk
4. upper = atas
5. to lift = angkat
6. object = benda
7. chest = dada
8. to roll back down = rebah ke belakang

B. Complete the text with the words from the box.
a. with control b. lift your upper body c. behind your ears

d. sturdy object e. your chest
STEP 1
Anchor your feet under a (1) ________. Then, lie with your
knees bent.
Next, fold your arms across (2) ________ or just hold your
hands (3) ________.
STEP 2
Slowly (4) ________. Finally, roll back down, slowly and
(5) ________. Repeat as desired.
Adapted from: October 3, 2009 <http://www.fullfitness.net/exercises/abs/situp>
Jawaban:
1. d 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. a
C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.

1. What material do you need for this activity?
Jawaban: A sturdy object.
2. What should you do with your knees?
Jawaban: Bend them.
3. Where should you fold your arms?
Jawaban: Across our chest.
4. When you hold your hands, where should you place them?
Jawaban: Behind our ears.
5. When should you lift your upper body?
Jawaban: After we fold our arms across our chest/hold our hands behind our ears.

Variasi:
Look at the pictures and read the cue words.
Tell your friends the procedure of folding a napkin based on them.
The French Napkin fold
Cue words:
● lay ● face down ● far corner
● dialogonally ● orient ● to the right
● pivot at the same place the last fold pivoted
1 2
3 4 5
Contoh jawaban:
Maybe you often get confused of how to fold napkin. Well, just listen to me. I’ll tell you
how to fold it well. This is the French napkin fold. First, lay the napkin face down in front of
you. Then, fold the napkin in half diagonally. Yeah, . . . like this. After that, orient the napkin so
the long side is on the left. Then, see the next step. Fold the far corner of the napkin
diagonally towards you and to the right. Finally, fold the right-most point towards you . . . so
that it pivots at the same place the last fold pivoted. Now, you can use the finished napkin for
your dinner place. Very classy and uncomplicated, right?
Source: September 19, 2008 <http:www.napkingfoldingguide.com/09-frenchfold/>
D. Tell your friends how to make your local food/drink.

You may put the picture of the food/drink.
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, friends. I want to tell you how to make spicy fruit salad known
as rujak. Now, I’ll show you how to make it.
Let’s prepare the ingredients first. You need 1 chayote, peeled;
1 Granny Smith apple, cored; 2 cucumbers, peeled and cut in half
lengthwise with seeds removed; 1 raw mango; 1 orange, peeled and
divided into sections; ½ tsp crushed red pepper; ¼ tsp shrimp paste;
Source: <http://servekrishna.net/ 3 tbsp brown sugar; ½ tsp salt; 1 tsp tamarind, dissolved in 1 tbsp
images/static/kurma warm water; 1 14-oz can diced pineapple, drained.
myrujakmanis.jpg>

Let’s begin making it. First, coarsely chop the chayote, apple, cucumbers, mango and orange
sections. Second, in a large bowl, combine crushed red pepper, shrimp paste, brown sugar, salt
and tamarind to make a paste. Finally, add the chayote, apple, cucumber, mango, orange and
pineapple to the bowl, and stir well to combine. Serve at room temperature. Your fruit salad is
ready. Hmm . . . yummy!
Source: November 30, 2009 <http://www.indonesianfoodonline.com/recipes/indonesian-spicy-fruit-salad-rujak>
A. Read the text below.

Answer the questions based on the text.
Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade
pudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar,
1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,
3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.
● Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.
● Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.
● Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/puddings/marmalade.htm>
Questions:
1. How much salt do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: 1 flat teaspoon.
2. How many ingredients do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: Nine.
3. How long do you need to steam the ingredients?
Jawaban: For two hours.
4. How do you make the sauce?
Jawaban: By melting some marmalade.
5. What should you pour over the pudding?
Jawaban: The sauce.
B. Read the text in Task A once again.

Underline the adverbs in the text.
Jawaban:
Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade
pudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar,
1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,
3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.
● Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.
● Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.
● Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.

Variasi:
Make sentences using the adverbs you find in the text.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I decide to spend my weekend with my family at home.
2. Firstly, I go to the bookstore. Then, I go to the foodcourt for lunch.
3. I’ve been waiting for Linda for two hours. I guess she won’t come.
4. First of all, I prepare all the materials. Secondly, I pour some flour and sugar into a bowl.
5. Lastly, we have lunch together before going home.
6. The old couple live separately with their children. They prefer living in a village to in a big city.
7. Mother needs some milk to make sauce which will be poured over pudding.
C. Complete the sentences below with suitable adverbs.

1. Hold the stick ________.
2. Do the homework ________.
3. Did you come here ________?
4. ________, peel the mangoes.
5. Use the knife ________ in order not to hurt yourself.
6. I love your performance. You danced ________.
7. The students like Mr. Haryono. He always explains a lesson ________.
8. I feel very happy. My grandparents will come ________ by train this evening.
9. Before the test begins, the teacher asks each student to prepare a pen and a sheet of paper
________.
10. Ride your bike ________. Otherwise, we will come late to school.
Contoh jawaban:
1. tightly 2. well 3. yesterday 4. Firstly
5. carefully 6. beautifully 7. clearly 8. from Yogyakarta
9. on the desk 10. fast
Variasi:
Make five sentences using adverbs properly.
Contoh jawaban:
1. My mother is watering the flowers in the garden.
2. I’ve studied hard for the test. I hope I can do it well.
3. My father goes to work earlier this morning because he has a meeting.
4. I went to your house yesterday afternoon, but you weren’t at home.
5. My sister will make fried rice. First of all, she prepare cooked rice and other ingredients.
D. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.
5-Minute Chocolate Cake
3 Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W oven, or 4 minutes in
a 700W oven. It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Don’t panic!
It will collapse once the heat stops.

1 Supplies:
● a microwave
● a coffee mug
● 4 tablespoons flour
● 4 tablespoons sugar
● 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa
● 1 egg
● 3 tablespoons milk
● 3 tablespoons oil
● 3 tablespoons chocolate chips
● splash vanilla or other flavoring–try peppermint or cinnamon
4 Eat it!
This cake is still good half an hour out of the oven. In fact, I think
it gets better the longer it sits. However, I can’t speak to how it does
after that since there’s never any left!
Enjoy!
2 Mix your ingredients.

● Add all of the dry ingredients to the mug and mix.
● Add the egg and combine well. It gets pretty pasty at the point.
● Stir in milk and oil.
● Add chocolate chips and splash of vanilla. Stir well.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/>
Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
1. tablespoon = ukuran sendok makan
2. unsweetened = tidak manis (tawar)
3. cinnamon = kayu manis
4. flavoring = pemberi rasa (pada makanan/minuman)
5. dry = kering
6. to stir = mengaduk
7. to crown = mengembang
8. left = tersisa, sisa

B. What are the opposite meanings of the following words?
Then, find their meanings.
Words Meaning Antonym Meaning

1. dry kering wet basah
2. to add menambahkan to reduce mengurangi
3. to stop berhenti to continue berlanjut
4. better lebih baik worse lebih buruk
5. longer lebih lama shorter lebih singkat
Jawaban: C
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
answer based on the text in Task D.
”Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W
oven, or 4 minutes in a 700W oven.” yang
1. Which of the following ingredients don’t
artinya ”Panggang dalam microwave
we need to make a 5-minute chocolate
1000W selama 3 menit atau 4 menit dalam
cake?
microwave 700W.”
A. Milk. B. Oil.
C. Syrup. D. Sugar. 4. We should mix the ingredients below first
Jawaban: C in the mug, except ________.
Berdasarkan daftar bahan-bahan A. flour B. milk
(Supplies) dapat disimpulkan bahwa C. sugar D. cocoa
bahan yang tidak dibutuhkan untuk Jawaban: B
membuat kue cokelat ini adalah sirup. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Add all of the
dry ingredients to the mug and mix.” yang
2. What should we add in the mug before we
artinya ”Tambahkan semua bahan kering
add milk?
ke dalam mangkuk dan campur.”. Dari
A. Oil.
daftar bahan-bahan (Supplies) dapat
B. An egg.
diketahui bahwa bahan-bahan yang kering
C. Chocolate chips.
adalah biji coklat, tepung, dan gula. Jadi,
D. Splash of vanilla.
yang tidak termasuk bahan yang
Jawaban: B
dicampurkan adalah susu.
Sebelum kalimat ”Stir in milk and oil.”
yang artinya ”Aduk susu dan minyak.”, 5. What will happen after we microwave it?
terdapat kalimat ”Add the egg and A. It will collapse.
combine well . . . .” yang artinya B. It will be thicker.
”Tambahkan telur dan campurkan dengan C. It will collect at the bottom of the mug.
rata.”. Jadi, sebelum kita mencampurkan D. It will start to crown over the top of the
susu, kita harus memasukkan telur mug.
terlebih dahulu. Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It will
3. How long should you microwave the
start to crown over the top of the mug.
mixture in a 700W oven?
Don’t panic! It will collapse once the heat
A. 2 minutes.
stops.” yang artinya ”(Itu) akan
B. 3 minutes.
mengembang di bagian atas cangkir.
C. 4 minutes.
Jangan panik. Campuran itu akan
D. 5 minutes.
menyusut ketika panasnya hilang.”.

Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the proper text in Task D.
1. How much milk should you use?
Jawaban: Three tablespoons.
2. How many eggs do you need?
Jawaban: One.
3. What kind of cocoa should you use?
Jawaban: Unsweetened one.
4. What are the dry ingredients you should put into the mug?
Jawaban: Flour, sugar, unsweetened cocoa.
5. What should you do after you add all of the dry ingredients to the mug?
Jawaban: Mix them.
6. What happens after you add the egg and combine well?
Jawaban: It get pretty pasty at the point.
7. When should you add chocolate chips?
Jawaban: Afer we stir in milk and oil.
8. How long should you microwave the mixture in a 1000W oven?
Jawaban: For 3 minutes.
9. What happens after you microwave the mixture?
Jawaban: It will start to crown over the top of the mug.
10. Why does the writer say that we should not panic?
Jawaban: Because the crown will collapse once the heats stops.
B. Read the text.
Germinating Petunia Seeds
You will need:
● a packet of petunia seeds ● a seed tray or small pots
● loamy friable soil or potting mix ● water
● fertilizer
What to do:
1. Fill a seed tray with soil.
2. Incorporate fertilizer into soil.
3. Scatter seeds on the surface of the soil.
4. Cover seeds with a 3 mm layer of soil. Press firmly.
5. Spray water to moisten the seed bed.
6. Place seed tray in warm, sunny position (at least 25°C).
7. Keep soil moist by watering gently while seeds are germinating. Seeds will germinate in
about 10–14 days.
Questions:
1. Where can you scatter seeds?
Jawaban: On the surface of the soil.
2. What can you use if you don’t have a seed tray?
Jawaban: We can use small pots.
3. Why should you spray water to the seed?
Jawaban: To moisten the seed bed.

4. Where should you place the tray?
Jawaban: In warm, sunny position.
5. How long will the seeds germinate?
Jawaban: In about 10 to 14 days.
C. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.
A Responding
1. petunia a. basah
2. loamy b. memasukkan
3. friable c. gembur
4. to scatter d. menyemprot
5. to spray e. menutupi
6. moist f. sejenis tumbuhan berbunga
7. to germinate g. baki
8. to incorporate h. bergeluh
9. to cover i. mengecambahkan
10. tray j. menyebarkan
Jawaban:
1. f 2. h 3. c 4. j 5. d 6. a 7. i 8. b 9. e 10. g
D. Complete the sentences with the words in Task C.
1. Dinda serves the guests some glasses of tea using a ________.
2. The plant will grow well on a ________ soil like this.
3. Rina is feeling very cold, so she ________ her body with a warm blanket.
4. Do not ________ too much perfume on your body.
5. I dislike being in ________ air like this.
Jawaban:
1. tray 2. loamy 3. covers 4. spray 5. moist
A. Look at the pictures.

Write a procedure based on the pictures.
You may use the following words:
● draw ● color ● decorate

● glue ● clothes ● overalls
● template ● construction paper

Paper Scarecrow
Supplies needed:
● construction paper
● pencil
● glue
● scissors
● markers or crayons
● optional: googly eyes
● Optional: real straw or raffia
1 to draw – template
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
2 to print/draw – clothes
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
to cut out
3 ________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________

4 to color and decorate – clothes
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
5 to glue – clothes
to add – eyes, a nose, a mouth
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>

Contoh jawaban:
Draw the scarecrow template (or draw your own).
Print out the scarecrow clothes (or draw your own).

3
Cut out the scarecrow,
shirt, overalls, shoes and
hat.
Color and decorate the clothes using crayons or markers.
5 Glue the clothes on the scarecrow.

Optional: glue on some straw (real straw,
raffia or thin strips of light brown paper) at
the edges of the clothing.
Add eyes, a nose and a mouth.
This scarecrow makes a fun Thanksgiving
decoration.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>
B. Look at the picture.

It is called ‘pecel lele’ in some regions.
Write down a procedure how to make it.
You may write another procedure of a different recipe.
Picture source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/

2007/09/pecel-lele.html>

Contoh jawaban:
Pecel Lele
Ingredients:
● 4 medium catfish, clean it
● oil to fry
Blend:
● 1 tbs coriander seed (ketumbar)
● 2 cm Curcuma domestica (kunyit)
● 1 garlic
● ½ tbs salt
Sauce (blend):
● 1 big tomato
● fried peanuts as you need
● garlic, shallots, chilly as you need (fry it first)
● salt
● sugar
Garnish:
tomato, cabage-letuce, Ocimum basilicum (kemangi), poh-pohan leaf (only find in Indonesia)
Steps:
1. Clean the catfish, then mix the fish with the blent ingredients. Wait until the blent ingredient
penetrate into the fish at about 30 minutes.
2. Fry the fish in the pan.
3. Dry it from oil.
4. Put in the plate with the garnish. Put the sauce on the fish if you like. Eat with the hot rice.
Note: To make the sauce warm, you can warm it in the pan or in the microwave.
Source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/2007/09/pecel-lele.html>
Variasi:
Do you like honey?
Write down a recipe using it.
Contoh jawaban:
Spicy Sweet Honey Chili
Serves: 6–8 (change servings and units)
Ingredients:
● 2 lbs ground beef
● 1 cup chopped sweet onion (Vidalia)
● 1 chopped garlic clove
● ½ cup chopped green bell pepper
● 1½ diced jalapeno peppers
● 2 (15 ounce) cans chili beans
● 1 (14½ ounce) can of petite diced tomatoes
● 1½ teaspoons chili powder
● 1 teaspoon cumin

● 1 teaspoon thyme
● ½ teaspoon salt
● 1½ teaspoons Accent seasoning, flavor enhancer
● ½ teaspoon cinnamon
3 –½ cup honey
1
●
Directions:
1. Crumble ground beef in a large pan; add accent flavor enhancer (optional).
2. Brown ground beef.
3. Add onion, green pepper and garlic.
4. Cook until onion is translucent or brown; drain oil.
5. Add tomatoes, jalapeño peppers, chili beans, chili powder, cumin, thyme, salt and cinnamon.
6. Stir and simmer on low for at least 25 minutes.
7. Add honey; stir again.
8. Serve alone, over rice or spaghetti.
9. Serve with cheese and crackers is a must!
10. Then, serve with corn bread as well!
Source: Tracie Altland, October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/1-Spicy-Sweet-Honey-Chili-78123>
C. Write down a procedure.

You may choose one of the following topics:
● a kind of craft,
● a kind of sport.
Contoh jawaban:
Wacky Watermelon Paper Plate Craft
Supplies:
● ½ of a paper plate
● glue
● red and green construction paper, cut or torn into little squares
● black cut as the seeds
● scissors
Directions:
1. Cut the red and green construction paper into little mini squares (or you can have the kids tear
them).
2. Cut the paper plate in half.
3. Cover paper plate red squares by gluing down to paper plate.
4. Glue green squares to the edge of paper plate.
5. Glue on black construction paper to be the seeds!
Source: Samantha, October 4, 2009 <http://www.twoheartstogether.com/2009/08/05/wacky-watermelon-
paper-plate-craft/>

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Warnings and Tips
Spoken Text

Listen, everyone. The examination will begin. Do not put anything on the desk, except a pen
and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat. Good luck!
The text is called a warning. Its purpose is to warn someone not to do something.
Usually, those who break the warning will get a penalty. For example, students who cheat
on the test will be disqualified or they have to take a remedial test.
Written Text

Eat your beans! Nutrient compounds called ‘flavonoids’ have been found to be effective
antioxidants that help protect against heart disease and cancer. These flavonoids are found in
the coating of such beans as navy, pintos, kidney, great northern and black beans.
Source: October 28, 2009 <ttp://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t59-eat-beans.htm>
The text above is a tip. A tip is a small piece of advice about something practical. You can
find tips from many sources, for example from the Internet, magazines, newspapers or
other media.
1. Have you ever heard any warnings at school?

2. If you have, what is the the warning about?
Contoh jawaban: A warning that asks all students not to make any noises during the final test.
3. Do you have a problem with your health? If you do, what is it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I’m allergic of cold weather.

4. Have you ever followed any tips for your health problem?
5. Did the tip work on you?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, it did.
A. You will hear the following words in the text in Task B.

Find their meanings.

1. attention = perhatian 2. sake = kepentingan
3. visitor = pengunjung 4. to put back = meletakkan kembali
5. proper = yang benar/sesuai
Variasi:
Make sentences using the words above.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You should pay attention to your teacher’s explanation.
2. For the sake of our group, we should solve every problem immediately.
3. Thousand visitors visited Ancol during the long holiday.
4. Mother always asks me to put the books back on their shelves after I have read them.
5. The teacher reminds the students to park their bikes on their proper place.

Peringatan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
May I have (1) your attention, please?
For the sake of other visitors, please (2) do not leave the magazines or (3) newspapers you
have read (4) on the desk. Please, put them back on their (5) proper shelves. Thank you.
C. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard.
1. What is the warning about?
Jawaban: It is a warning not to leave the magazines or newspapers we have read on the desk.
2. Where do you think you can hear the warning?
Jawaban: In a library.
3. Who do you think delivers the warning?
Jawaban: A librarian.
4. After reading a magazine, where should you put it back?
Jawaban: In its proper shelf.
5. “Please, put them back on their proper shelves.”
What does the word ‘them’ refer to?
Jawaban: The magazines or newspapers.

Variasi:
Untuk kegiatan pembelajaran di kelas lain, guru dapat memberikan bentuk latihan yang
berbeda seperti di bawah ini.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?
1. ______ The visitors are not allowed to leave the magazines on the desk.
2. ______ The visitors cannot find any newspapers in the place.
3. ______ The magazines and newspapers are put on some shelves.
4. ______ The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a hospital.
5. ______ The warning is delivered by a teacher.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Visitors can find newspapers in the place.)
3. T
4. F (The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a library.)
5. F (The warning is delivered by a librarian.)
2. Who do you think delivers the text?

D. Listen to the announcement and A. A teacher.
choose the correct answer. B. A principal.
C. A class captain.
Peringatan yang dibacakan guru: D. A chairperson of OSIS.
Listen, friends. Relating to the working bee Jawaban: C
activity that will be held tomorrow morning at Berdasarkan kalimat sapaan ”Listen,
school, please do not come late. Remember, friends.” yang artinya ”Dengarkan, teman-
come half of an hour earlier before the class teman.” dan frasa kunci ’our classroom’,
begins. Do not forget to bring cleaning tools. dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang
We are responsible for the cleanliness of our membacakan teks itu adalah siswa yang
classroom and its surrounding. Thank you. ada di kelas itu dan ia adalah seorang
ketua kelas (a class captain). Hal itu
karena ketua kelaslah yang memiliki tugas
1. Where can you hear the text?
untuk mengingatkan teman-temannya
A. In a parking lot.
sekelas tentang suatu kegiatan. Pilihan
B. In a library.
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
C. In a laboratory.
sesuai dengan isi teks.
D. In a classroom.
Jawaban: D 3. When will the activity be held?
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”We are A. Yesterday afternoon.
responsible for the cleanliness of our B. Tomorrow morning.
classroom and its surrounding.” yang C. Tomorrow afternoon.
artinya ”Kita bertanggung jawab atas D. The day after tomorrow.
kebersihan kelas kita dan sekitarnya.”. Jawaban: B
Jadi, teks tersebut dapat didengar di ruang Kalimat soal menanyakan waktu kegiatan
kelas (in a classroom). Pilihan jawaban ini (kerja bakti) dilaksanakan. Jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai disimpulkan dari keterangan waktu
dengan isi teks. ’tomorrow morning’ pada kalimat ”Relating
to the working bee activity that will be held
tomorrow morning at school . . . .” dan
klausa ”. . . before the class begins” yang

artinya ”. . . sebelum kelas mulai.”. Jadi, 5. “We are responsible for the cleanliness of
kegiatan kerja bakti itu dilakukan pada our classroom . . . .”
besok pagi (tomorrow morning). Pilihan What is the underlined word in Indonesian?
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak A. Bertanggung jawab.
sesuai dengan isi teks. B. Bersalah.
C. Dapat dipahami.
4. These are what the students should do
D. Dapat dipertanyakan.
according to the text, except ________.
Jawaban: A
A. coming earlier
Kata ’responsible’ dalam bahasa
B. bringing cleaning tools
Indonesia adalah ’bertanggung jawab’.
C. coming fifteen minutes earlier
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Bahasa
D. participating in a working bee
Indonesia untuk pilihan jawaban (B)
Jawaban: C
adalah guilty, (C) adalah understandable,
Hal yang tidak dilakukan siswa adalah (C)
dan (D) adalah questionable.
yang artinya datang lima belas menit lebih
awal. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat
”Please come half of an hour earlier.” yang
artinya ”Datang setengah jam (30 menit =
thirty minutes) lebih awal.”
A. Read the warning in the Summary section.

Contoh jawaban:
O.K., class. Let me remind you something. Do not leave any notes or anything else on the desk,
except a pen and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat
during the test. Do you get it? Good luck!
B. Read the following warning.

Contoh jawaban:
WET PAINT! Attention, please. To all visitors, please do not sit on
the benches. The paint is still wet. Thank you.
C. Deliver warnings based on the following situations and clues.
1. Suppose you are conducting a tour in a safari park. Then, you see the following warning.
Explain to the members of the tour. What would you say?
Do not feed the animals!

2. Suppose your class is conducting a tour to a factory. Then, your group passes one room with
the following warning attached on the door. The guide explains to you. What would he say?
Staff only!
3. Suppose you want to meet your father in his office. You walk to his room, then you see the
following warning. His secretary explains it to you. What would she say?
NO ENTRY!
Contoh jawaban:
1. Listen, everyone. Before we begin the tour, please remember one thing. Do not feed the
animals. Let me repeat once again. Do not feed the animals. Thank you.
2. All right, children. This is our storage room. We are not allowed to enter the room, except the
staff. Let’s continue our trip.
3. I’m really sorry. You are not allowed to meet your father now. He has an important meeting
with his client.
A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.

Find the meanings of the words that follow.
To add strength to leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the same time, try
climbing plain old stairs. This can be done at home, in your office, apartment building or on stair-
climbing machines in the gym.
Climbing two steps at a time is good for building the quadriceps (thigh muscles) and the
gluteus. Going down steps builds strength in the quadriceps and to a lesser extent, the hamstrings.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t61-climbing-stairs.htm>

1. strength = kekuatan
2. muscle = otot
3. cardiovascular = yang berhubungan dengan jantung
4. workout = latihan
5. plain = sederhana
6. stair = tangga
7. step = langkah
8. gym = ruang olahraga
9. to climb = naik
10. to go down = turun
11. thigh = paha
12. quadricep = otot berkepala empat (kuadrisep)
13. gluteus = (otot) gluteus
14. lesser extent = sejumlah lebih kecil
15. hamstring = urat-urat di lutut

B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?
1. ______ The text is about how to strengthen the hamstrings.
2. ______ Climbing plain old stairs can strengthen our leg muscles.
3. ______ Climbing and going down stairs are useful for our quadriceps.
4. ______ For building the gluteus, it is good to climb stairs one step.
5. ______ We can do this workout at home.
Jawaban:
1. F (The text is about how to strengthen leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the
same time by climbing stairs.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (For building the quadriceps, it is good to climb stairs two steps.)
5. T
Variasi:
Read the tips below.
Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Smart Tips for Kitchens
● Turn off the oven five to 10 minutes before the food is done to make use of the residual
heat in cooking. Use the timer wisely to avoid over-cooking and energy waste.
● Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This keeps your food cold
and hygienic.
● Chop food into small pieces before putting them into the blender. This makes the blender
more durable and saves more energy.
Source: March 12, 2007 <http://www.clp-powerwise.com.hk/eng/tips/smartest_tips.html>
Statements:
1. ______ We can make use of the residual heat in cooking by turning off the oven 10
minutes before the food is done.
2. ______ We can make use of the timer to save energy.
3. ______ Opening the door of your refrigerator frequently makes your food cold and
hygienic.
4. ______ Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will not
save more energy.
5. ______ Almost all the tips are for saving energy.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This makes your food
cold and hygienic.)
4. F (Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will save more
energy.)
5. T

C. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
You will find the words in Task D.
A B Jawaban:
1. c
1. to suffer a. menekan 2. g
2. injury b. parah/keras (sakit) 3. f
3. to stand for c. menderita 4. a
4. to stress d. pembengkakan 5. h
5. minor e. menaikkan/meninggikan 6. b
6. severe f. kepanjangan dari 7. d
7. swelling g. luka 8. j
8. healing h. kecil/ringan 9. e
9. to elevate i. anggota badan/lambai 10. i
10. limb j. penyembuhan
D. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.
a. Compression b. severe injuries c. suffer d. higher than

e. injured area f. comfortably g. limit swelling h. direct contact
i. affected area j. exercise
R.I.C.E for Injuries

If you (1) ________ from a sports related injury, use R.I.C.E. The term stands for Rest, Ice,
Compression and Elevation.
Rest
Take a break from (2) ________ or any type of movement that may stress the (3) ________.
A minor injury should be rested for one or two days, while more (4) ________ may need longer.
Ice
Ice the (5) ________. Icing reduces pain, limits swelling and bleeding, and encourages rapid
healing. Wrap ice in a towel to avoid (6) ________ with the skin.
(7) ________
Compress the injury with a stretch bandage. Make sure not to wrap it too tight, just enough to
support the injured area (8) ________.
Elevate
Elevate the limb. If possible, try to keep the injured part above the level of the heart. At the very
least, try to keep it (9) ________ the hips. This helps (10) ________ and also prevents
movement of the area that is injured.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t75-rice-for-injuries.htm>
Jawaban:
1. c 2. j 3. e 4. b 5. i 6. h 7. a 8. f 9. d 10. g

E. Choose the correct words based on Jawaban: B
the complete text in Task D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Ice the
affected area. Icing reduces pain, limits
1. What is the text about? swelling and bleeding, and encourages
A. Tips to compress the injured area. rapid healing.”. Jadi, yang bukan
B. One of the applications of R.I.C.E. merupakan manfaat pemberian es di
C. Tips to handle injuries using R.I.C.E. daerah luka adalah (B) yang artinya
D. Tips to stop bleeding and limit swelling. meningkatkan pendarahan. Pilihan
Jawaban: C jawaban yang lain salah karena
Teks tersebut tentang tips yang berkaitan merupakan manfaat pemberian es di
dengan penanganan luka menggunakan daerah luka.
metode R.I.C.E (tips to handle injuries 4. “Make sure not to wrap it too tight, . . . .”
using R.I.C.E.). Pilihan jawaban yang lain (Paragraph 4)
salah karena hanya merupakan The opposite meaning of the underlined
pendukung dari gagasan pokok teks itu. word is ________.
2. Severe injuries need ________ than minor A. strong
injuries to rest and recover. B. rapid
A. more days C. loose
B. less days D. short
C. shorter days Jawaban: C
D. some days Kata ’tight’ artinya kencang. Kata ini
Jawaban: A berlawanan makna dengan kata loose
Kalimat ”A minor injury should be rested yang artinya longgar. Pilihan jawaban yang
for one or two days, while more severe lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
injuries may need longer.” artinya ”Luka kuat, (B) artinya cepat, dan (D) artinya
ringan seharusnya istirahat untuk satu pendek.
atau dua hari, sedangkan luka parah boleh 5. “At the very least, try to keep it higher than
jadi membutuhkan waktu lebih lama.”. the hips.” (Paragraph 5)
Dengan kata lain, luka parah (severe What does the underlined word refer to?
injuries) membutuhkan hari lebih banyak A. The heart.
(more days) daripada luka ringan (minor B. The limb.
injuries). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah C. The bandage.
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. D. The injured part.
3. The following are the benefits of icing, Jawaban: D
except ________. Kata ’it’ mengacu pada objek yang
A. to encourage rapid healing diangkat lebih tinggi dari pinggul yang
B. to increase bleeding telah disebutkan pada kalimat
C. to limit swelling sebelumnya, yaitu ’the injured part’ pada
D. to reduce pain kalimat ”If possible, try to keep the injured
part above the level of the heart.”. Pilihan
kata yang dimaksud.

A. Here are some tips.
Write down the suitable topic for each of the tips below.
How to study effectively. Love yourself.
Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.
Be optimistic! To overcome difficulties in falling asleep
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
First, lay your body down in a comfortable sofa or bed. Second, read something that
entertains you. It’s better to drink a glass of hot milk before. Finally, you’ll feel so sleepy.
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
Even if you are feeling really down, remember that there’s always something out there to smile
about. A positive outlook will make people want to be around you more.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Circle things or highlight works. Associate the
color or shape with the information.
Source: February, 19, 2007 <http://www.adprima.com/studytips.htm>
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
They are people who deserve to be treated with respect. If you treat them well, they will treat
you the same.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
It is difficult to like others when you do not appreciate yourself for who you are. Try to exercise
to improve your self-esteem. Start your journey to “self-discovery”.
Jawaban:
1. To overcome difficulties in falling asleep.
2. Be optimistic!
3. How to study effectively.
4. Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.
5. Love yourself.
Variasi:
A. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the tips above.
1. to amuse = to entertain 2. to relate = to associate
3. hard = difficult 4. trip = journey
5. to develop = to improve

B. Find the opposite meaning of the following words in the tips above.
1. uncomfortable >< comfortable 2. negative >< positive
3. to forget >< to remember 4. badly >< well
5. easy >< difficult
B. Complete the following statements based on the tips in Task A.
1. It’s better for us to drink ________ before going to bed.

2. People want to be around you more eagerly if you always have ________.
3. Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Each color or shape relates to certain ________.
4. We have to treat other people ________.
5. You will be easier to like others when you ________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. a glass of hot milk 2. positive outlook 3. information
4. well 5. appreciate yourself for who you are
C. Put the following sentences in a good order to get a good tip.

For a Total Workout, Include Body, Mind and Spirit
5 Add them to your workout routines and feel the difference.

3 For a change of pace, try yoga, Pilates or tai chi, all of which engage your mind, body and spirit.
1 The best workout, according to top trainers and fitness experts, is one that includes the mind
and spirit as well as the body.
4 Include these alternative mind/body disciplines on a regular basis.
2 Consider some alternatives to your regular weight and cardio training.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t58-total-workout.htm>
Variasi:
Here are two tips of how to get along well with your parents.
However, they are not arranged in order.
Put them in the correct order to make good tips.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3 When this occurs, they will probably be more cooperative with you.
1 Tip 1: Ask your parents once a day, “Is there anything I can do for you?”
4 Tip 2: Spend some time in the same room with your parents while they are watching
TV or reading. Sit down and talk to them about school, your friends or
something else that interests you.
6
However, they’ll get over this feeling and will love the “new you”.

5 At first they may think it strange because of the change in your behavior.
2 Most of the time they will probably say no, or give you something that will take a few
minutes to complete. Your parents will love this and see you as a very cooperative person.
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://life.familyeducation.com/teen/communication/39364.html>
D. What tips do you think work on you?

Write and share the tips with your friends.
Contoh jawaban:
Water Works for Weight Loss
Nothing quells the appetite like water, lots and lots of water. Start out with two quart bottles in
the morning and carry one with you to school or wherever you go. If you like, divvy up the 64
ounces of water into eight (8-ounce) bottles or four pint (16-ounce) bottles to carry around with you
all day. Freeze half of them the night before and they will last all day, even in a hot car. Keep some
unfrozen so they will be ready to drink immediately.
Yes. You will have to make more frequent bathroom trips, but it is worth it. Drink your 64
ounces of water before dinner, if possible, so you’re not up half the night going to the bathroom.
Water not only fills you up and lessens your appetite, but it also prevents those “hungry
horrors” we all encounter when our blood sugar drops and we reach for cookies, candy, ice cream,
fries or other high-calorie treats. Water also flushes out the system, rids the body of bloat and
toxins and rosies up the complexion. Now, start splashing.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t78-water-works.htm>
Write down a procedure of how to do a certain game.

Mind the structure of the text.
Read and memorize the words. to resemble : menyerupai, mirip

Use them whenever you speak English. rough : kasar, berat
to saute : menumis dengan minyak
to bake : memanggang sedikit
belly : perut separately : secara terpisah
to chop : memotong shrimp : udang
to freeze : membekukan to sprinkle : menaburkan
marmalade : selai jeruk to steam : mengukus
to melt : mencairkan tablespoon : sendok makan (ukuran)
pasty : pucat, seperti bubur teaspoon : sendok teh (ukuran)
to peel : mengupas unsweetened : tidak manis (tawar)
plain : sederhana, biasa to whisk : mengocok

A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct 3. What do Betty and Seno do in their spare
answer. time?
A. Going to the bookstores.
1. Ryan : What time will you leave for B. Meeting their school friends.
Semarang? C. Reading magazines, novels and others.
Rizki : At seven o’clock. D. Lending the magazines and novels.
Jawaban: C
What does the underlined sentence mean? Dalam percakapan tersebut, Seno
A. Ryan is giving a fact. menyatakan suka membaca (”I like
B. Ryan is asking for a fact. reading.”) dan Betty menyatakan hal yang
C. Ryan is giving his service. sama dengan ungkapan ”I do too.”. Pilihan
D. Ryan is asking for an opinion. jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
Jawaban: B sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Pukul berapa
kamu akan pergi ke Semarang?”. Kalimat 4. Which of the following statements is NOT
ini diucapkan Ryan untuk meminta sebuah TRUE according to the dialog?
fakta (asking for a fact), yaitu tentang A. Seno likes reading magazines.
waktu keberangkatan Rizki ke Semarang. B. Betty’s sister has some novels.
C. All Betty’s family members like readings.
2. Safira : I heard that Nadia would continue D. Sometimes Betty borrows Seno’s
her study in Australia. Is it true? reading materials.
Reno : I don’t know about it either. We’d Jawaban: D
better ask Nadia about the news. Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya kadang-
The underlined sentence means ________. kadang Betty meminjam bahan bacaan
A. Safira expresses her curiosity Seno, benar untuk pernyataan yang salah
B. Safira asks for Reno’s opinion karena yang benar adalah Betty sering
C. Safira gives a fact about something meminjam novel milik kakaknya. Pilihan
D. Safira asks for clarification jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Seno
Jawaban: D ”I like reading. I read comic, magazines
Kalimat Safira, ”Is it true?” yang artinya and others.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat
”Apakah itu benar?” menunjukkan kalau Betty ”My elder sister lends me the novels.
Safira meminta klarifikasi (asking for She gets them from the bookstore . . . .”,
clarification) kepada Reno tentang berita dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Yes, they
bahwa Nadia akan melanjutkan are.”.
sekolahnya di Australia.
5. “What do you do in your spare time?”
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. The underlined words mean ________.
Betty : What do you do in your spare time? A. busy time B. long time
Seno : I like reading. I read comics, C. leisure time D. short time
magazines and others. What about you? Jawaban: C
Betty : I do too. I always read novels. Frasa ’spare time’ memiliki makna yang
Seno : How do you get them? sama dengan frasa leisure time yang
Betty : My elder sister lends me the novels. artinya waktu luang. Pilihan jawaban yang
She gets them from the bookstore or lain salah; (A) artinya waktu sibuk/padat,
she borrows them from her friends. (B) artinya waktu yang lama, dan (D)
Seno : Does everybody in your family like artinya waktu yang singkat.
reading?
Betty : Yes, they are.

Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8. bubuk kari dimasukkan setelah bawang
Curried Rice masak (after we cook the onion).
Ingredients: 9. You read a warning in front of a house
● 1 cup uncooked rice ● 2 tbs butter like the one below. What does it mean?
● 1 tsp curry powder ● ½ cup raisins
● ½ chopped onion ● 2 cups water NO ADMITTANCE
How to make it:
● Find a large saucepan or frying pan which A. People must not stop in front of it.
has a lid, place on a medium heat, add B. Visitors cannot drop by there now.
butter, and then add chopped onion. Cook C. Pedestrians may not cross there.
the onion for a couple of minutes until it D. Other people must not enter it.
starts to brown slightly.
Jawaban: D
● Add curry powder stir with onions for a minute.
Peringatan di atas artinya ”Dilarang
● Add raisins, rice and water.
masuk”. Pilihan jawaban yang memiliki
● Put on lid and simmer until water is
makna sama dengan peringatan tersebut
absorbed (about 15 minutes).
adalah (D) yang artinya orang lain tidak
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
boleh masuk (ke rumah itu). Pilihan
Students Grade VII
jawaban (A) artinya orang-orang dilarang
6. The following is NOT the ingredient to berhenti di depan rumah, (B) artinya
make curried rice. It is ________. pengunjung tidak boleh turun di sana
A. 2 cups water sekarang, dan (C) artinya pejalan kaki
B. 1 teaspoon curry powder tidak boleh menyeberang di sana.
C. 1 cup uncooked rice
D. 2 teaspoons sugar Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12.
Jawaban: D Six Tips on How to Stick with Your New
Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk Year’s Resolutions
membuat curried rice adalah 2 tsp sugar 1. Focus on positive self-talk. Congratulate
karena tidak disebutkan pada bagian yourself every time you take a step
Ingredients. towards your resolution goal. Be your own
7. We need around ________ minutes to best cheerleader.
cook the curried rice. 2. Avoid berating yourself if you should fall
A. 10 B. 15 back or break a resolution. Just brush
C. 20 D. 25 yourself off and start over again.
Jawaban: B 3. Stick to your resolution by considering it
Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat terakhir a promise to yourself, not a test of your
teks, ”Put on lid and simmer until water is willpower.
absorbed (about 15 minutes)” yang artinya 4. Avoid situations that put you in
”Tutup panci itu dan masak hingga air temptation’s path, meaning if you are on
habis (kurang lebih lima belas menit).”. a diet, don’t go to the ice cream parlor.
5. Keep a sticky note in a prominent place so
8. When should we add cury powder? that you see it every day, reminding
A. After we add butter. yourself of your resolutions. For example:
B. After we cook the onion. on your bathroom mirror, next to your bed
C. After we add the raisins. or on the refrigerator.
D. Before we add the raisins. 6. Be realistic. Make sure your plan is
Jawaban: B a realistic one that can fit into your lifestyle.
Berdasarkan kalimat ”Cook the onion . . . . Make changes as easy and convenient as
Add curry powder.” yang artinya ”Masak possible.
bawang . . . . Tambahkan bubuk kari.”,
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-
tips.com/newsletters/t77-resolution.htm>

10. What is the text about? 14. Zarra : My brother will take part in the
A. Tips to achieve our goals. badminton competition next week.
B. Tips to make ourselves confident. I hope he wins. He has been
C. Tips to stick with our new year’s training ________ since last
resolutions. month.
D. Tips to improve ourselves to be better Raisa: I’m glad to hear that.
Jawaban: C A. regularly B. softly
Isi teks disimpulkan dari judul teks itu C. hardly D. unseriously
sendiri, yaitu ”Six Tips on How to Stick with Jawaban: A
Your New Year’s Resolutions”, sedangkan Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat
kalimat-kalimat berikutnya merupakan soal adalah adverb of manner, yaitu (A)
gagasan pendukung dari gagasan utama yang artinya dengan teratur. Hal ini
teks tersebut. disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I hope he wins.”
11. “Stick to your resolution by considering it pertanyaan ”. . . he will be the winner?”.
a promise to yourself, . . . .” (Tip 5)
What does the underlined word refer to?
A. The new year. B. Our resolution. Loop-the-Loop Paper Plane
C. A promise. D. Our willpower. Materials needed:
Jawaban: B ● a sheet of heavy paper
Kata ganti benda ’it’ merujuk pada kata ● a paper clip
benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya,
● a pencil
yaitu ’your resolution’.
● crayons
12. “Make changes as easy and convenient as ● blunt scissors
possible.” (Tip 6) The underlined word can
Method:
be best replaced by ________.
Here’s a paper airplane
A. create B. form
that will fly in circles.
C. present D. explore
1. First fold the paper in
Jawaban: A
half the long way.
Kata ’make’ memiliki makna yang sama
2. Then draw an airplane with
dengan kata create yang artinya membuat/
menciptakan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain wings and a tail on it.
salah; (B) artinya membentuk, (C) artinya 3. Next draw a line about an inch away
mempersembahkan, dan (D) artinya from the fold on each side the full
menggali. length of the paper.
4. Then cut out the airplane, but do not cut
13. Rafi : Did you see the tennis match on on the fold.
TV yesterday? 5. After that spread out the airplane and
Akmal : Yes, Serena Williams won it. color it. You can draw airplane
Rafi : Really? markings near each wing tip.
Akmal : Yes, she played ________. 6. Next refold your airplane. Now fold each
A. calmly B. carelessly wing down along the line drawn on it.
C. slowly D. wonderfully 7. Then add a paper clip to the nose. You
Jawaban: D can change the way your airplane flies
Kalimat soal memerlukan adverb of by changing the wing shape and putting
manner untuk menjelaskan cara bermain. more than one paper clip on the nose.
Berdasarkan kalimat ”Serena Williams won
it.”, adverb of manner yang tepat adalah
wonderfully yang artinya dengan cantik.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak tepat
dengan konteks kalimat.

15. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE 18. The text consists of three parts. The
about loop-the-loop paper plane? third part functions to show readers
A. It needs a paper clip to fly. ________ to make the loop-the-loop
B. A pencil is not needed to make paper plane.
a line on it. A. the steps B. the events
C. If you fly it, it will fly in circles in the C. the argument D. the explanation
air. Ujian Nasional 2004/2005
D. The first thing to do is to fold the Jawaban: A
paper in half. Teks prosedur memiliki tiga bagian, yaitu
Jawaban: B (1) aim/goal (tujuan), (2) materials (bahan-
Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena a paper bahan), dan (3) method (langkah-langkah).
clip disebutkan pada bagian ”Materials Jadi, bagian ketiga teks prosedur berisi
needed”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
tentang langkah-langkah (steps) untuk
”Method: Here’s a paper airplane that will
membuat sesuatu.
fly in circles.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan
langkah nomor 1, yaitu ”First fold the paper 19. The–man–is–hungry–three–noodles–of–
in half the long way.”. Jadi, pernyataan 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
yang salah adalah (B) karena justru pensil bowls–ordering
adalah satu-satunya alat tulis yang 8 9
dibutuhkan untuk membuat garis. The best arrangement of the words to be
16. Which picture goes with the third method? a good sentence is ________.
A. B. A. 1–2–3–4–9–5–8–7–6
B. 1–4–2–3–9–5–6–7–8
C. 1–4–2–3–9–5–7–8–6
D. 1–4–2–3–9–5–8–7–6
Jawaban: D
C. D. Susunan kalimat yang betul adalah pilihan
jawaban (D), yaitu The hungry man is
ordering three bowls of noodles.
Jawaban: D 20. Arrange these sentences to explain how to
Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ’on operate a TV set.
each side’ yang artinya ’di setiap sisinya’. 1. Press the power button.
Gambar yang menunjukkan garis adalah 2. Choose the best program you like.
gambar (B) dan (D). Pilihan jawaban (D) 3. Adjust the volume.
benar karena pada gambar (B) kertas 4. First, plug the cable into an electric
sudah dibuka padahal langkah ke-3 kertas outlet.
belum dibuka. 5. Watch and enjoy the program.
17. What is the purpose of the text? A. 1–4–5–3–2 B. 4–1–2–3–5
A. To persuade the readers to make it. C. 4–2–3–5–1 D. 5–3–2–1–4
B. To present important points of view. Jawaban: B
C. To describe how something is made. Susunan teks yang betul mengenai cara
D. To inform people about the mengoperasikan TV adalah dimulai
handicrafts. dengan kalimat nomor 4 dengan penanda
Jawaban: C First (pertama) dan diikuti dengan kalimat
Teks tersebut disebut teks prosedur nomor 1, 2, 3, dan 5, yaitu (4) Pertama-
karena di dalamnya terdapat cara/Method tama, colokkan kabel ke outlet-nya;
untuk membuat sesuatu. Jadi, tujuan teks (1) Tekan tombol power; (2) Pilih program
ini adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya terbaik yang Anda sukai; (3) Sesuaikan
menjelaskan cara membuat sesuatu (to volumenya; serta (5) Saksikan dan nikmati
describe how something is made). acaranya.

B. Write a procedure to make something Method:
that you know. 1. Spread the butter on the baking tray, and
place it in the refrigerator to cool.
Contoh jawaban: 2. Pour the sugar into the saucepan with one
Molding Sugar Glass tablespoon of water, and heat it gently at
a low temperature.
Materials: 3. Stir the sugar slowly to keep it from
● 1 tbs of butter burning. After a few minutes the sugar will
● a nonstick baking tray turn into a brown liquid.
● 1 cup of sugar 4. Pour the molten onto the cold baking tray
● a nonstick saucepan and leave it to cool. The butter will melt,
● 1 tbs of water but it will form a layer between the heavier
● a stove sugar syrup and the tray, and will keep the
● a wooden spoon sugar from sticking to tray.
5. When it is cold, carefully peel the sugar-glass
pane from the baking tray.
Adapted from: Science Activities Vol. 9: Using Materials

● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 3. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.

C. She is giving a service.
D. She is giving clarification.
answer.
Read the text and answer question 6.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1
and 2.
Please do not swim here. It is dangerous.
Irma : Hi, Aji. Is the man wearing batik your
father? 6. What is the purpose of the text?
Aji : No, he isn’t. My father is the man A. To ask people to to do something.
wearing a blue shirt over there. B. To describe something.
Irma : Oh, he looks young. C. To advise people.
Aji : Yeah. He is 35 years old. D. To warn people.
1. Irma says, “Is the man wearing batik your
father?” Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8.
What does it mean?
A. She is asking for a fact. Nutrition/Healthy Eating Tips
B. She is asking for something. ● Eat smaller portions more often.
C. She is asking for an opinion. ● Try eating at least every four hours
D. She is asking for clarification. and make sure that you have a good
2. What is Aji’s father wearing? source of protein and complex
A. A batik shirt. B. A blue shirt. carbohydrate each time you eat.
C. Blue trousers. D. A blue batik shirt. ● Eat breakfast!
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. ● Try eating a combination of complex
carbohydrates and protein at least
Lia : Did you hear that Adi has just got 1 hour after waking up.
an accident?
Tantri : Not yet. How did it happen?
Lia : While he was walking home yesterday, Source: Jessica Crandall, RD, October 5, 2009 <http://
a motorcycle hit him. www.advancedresultsfw.com/nutrition/healthy-eating/>
Tantri : Is he seriously injured? 7. How often should you eat?
Lia : No, he isn’t. And if you like to join, we A. At least every two hours.
plan to visit him tonight. B. At least every three hours.
Tantri : I want to do so, but I don’t know how C. At least every four hours.
to go there. D. At least every five hours.
Lia : Don’t worry. I’ll pick you up. 8. Which is good according to the tips?
Tantri : If that’s so, I’ll go. Thanks. A. Eat lunch, not breakfast.
3. What does Tantry tell Lia about? B. Eat small portion but seldom.
A. Adi cannot walk. C. Eat big portion every time you eat.
B. Adi is hospitalized. D. Eat at least 1 hour after waking up.
C. Adi is seriously injured.
D. Adi has got an accident.
4. When are they going to visit Adi? Apple Slices
A. That night. B. That morning. Ingredients:
C. That afternoon. D. The next morning. 2 eggs 9 ozs caster sugar
5. Tantry says, “Don’t worry. I’ll pick you up.” 3¾ ozs butter ¼ pint top milk
What does it mean? 6½ ozs plain flour 4 large cooking apples
A. She is telling a fact. ½ tsp baking powder
B. She is giving information.

Directions: Utensils you need:
1. Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until thick. Frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate.
2. Put butter and milk into a saucepan, and How to make it:
boil. Stir eggs and sugar into it. 1. Crack an egg into a bowl.
3. Fold in flour and baking powder. 2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth.
4. Pour the mixture into large greased 3. Add milk and whisk well.
roasting tin. Peel apples and slice, then 4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir.
place these on top of the mixture. 5. Heat the oil in a frying pan.
5. Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top, 6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan.
and bake at 210°C for 25 minutes. 7. Turn the omelette with a spatula when it
6. Serve hot with cream or custard. browns.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/ 8. Cook both sides.
puddings/apples.htm > 9. Place on a plate, spread salt and pepper.
9. What should you boil? 10. Eat while warm.
A. Butter and milk. B. Eggs and sugar. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
C. Custard. D. Apples. (SMP/MTs)
10. How much baking powder do you need to 16. What is the purpose of the text?
make apple slices? A. To describe something.
A. ¼ teaspoon. B. ½ teaspoon. B. To tell us how to make something.
C. 1 teaspoon. D. 2 teaspoons. C. To entertain the readers.
11. What is put on top of the mixture? D. To tell past experience.
A. Milk.
17. Below are the ingredients you need to
B. Custard.
make cheese omelette, except ________.
C. Apple and butter.
A. cheese B. spatula
D. Apple and sugar.
C. pepper D. cooking oil
12. When should you add flour and baking
powder? 18. When should you add milk?
A. After we peel apples and slice them. A. After we crack an egg into a bowl.
B. Before we add eggs and sugar. B. After we whisk the egg.
C. After we add eggs and sugar. C. After we add the cheese.
D. Before we add butter and milk. D. After we heat the oil in the frying pan.
13. How much sugar is sprinkled on top out of 19. “Pour the mixture into the frying pan . . . .”
the total 9 ozs? (Step 6)
A. 1 oz. B. 2 ozs. What does the bold-typed word refer to?
C. 3 ozs. D. 4 ozs. A. Egg, milk, salt.
B. Peper, milk, cheese.
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct
C. Egg, oil, cheese.
words to complete the following paragraph.
D. Egg, milk, cheese.
(14) ______, pour the mixture into the
bowl. Do it (15) ______ so that it won’t spill out. 20 When should you spread the salt?
A. Before we whisk the egg.
14. A. Final B. Finish B. After the egg and cheese are mixed.
C. Finally D. Finishing C. After the omelette is cooked.
15. A. careful B. carefully D. Before the omelette browns.
C. in careful D. carefulness
Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. B. What is your favorite food/drink?
Write down the recipe of making it.
How to Make Cheese Omelette
Ingredients:
1 egg, 50 g of cheese, 1 cup of milk, 3 tbs of
cooking oil, a pinch of salt and pepper.

Jawaban Review Unit 3 Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Eat smaller
A. Pilihan Ganda
portions more often.” yang artinya
1. A. Kalimat yang diucapkan Irma artinya ”Makanlah porsi sedikit tetapi lebih
”Apakah pria yang mengenakan batik sering.”.
itu ayahmu?”. Kalimat ini bertujuan
9. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena
untuk meminta fakta (asking for
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Put butter and
a fact).
milk into a saucepan and boil.” yang
2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan artinya ”Masukkan mentega dan susu
kalimat ”My father is the man wearing ke dalam panci dan didihkan.”.
a blue shirt over there.”. Jadi, ayah Aji
10. B. Pada bagian Ingredients atau bahan,
mengenakan kemeja biru (a blue
terdapat frasa ” ½ teaspoon baking
shirt)
powder”. Jadi, bubuk pengembang
3. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kue yang dibutuhkan sebanyak ½
”Did you hear that Adi has just got an sendok teh.
accident?” yang artinya ”Tahukah
11. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari langkah
kamu bahwa Adi baru saja mendapat
keempat ”. . . . Peel apples and slice,
kecelakaan?”. Jadi, berita yang
then place these on top of the mixture.”
disampaikan Tantri adalah bahwa Adi
yang artinya ”. . . . Kupas apel dan
baru saja mendapat kecelakaan.
potong-potong, lalu taruh di atas
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
campuran.” dan langkah kelima
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
”Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top
percakapan.
and bake at 210°C for 25 minutes.”
4. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan yang artinya ”Taburkan sisa gula di
kalimat ”No, he isn’t. And if you like to bagian atas dan panggang pada suhu
join, we plan to visit him tonight.”. 210°C selama 25 menit.”. Jadi, yang
Jadi, mereka akan menengok Adi ditaburkan di bagian atas adalah apel
malam itu (that night). dan gula.
5. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Tantry artinya 12. C. Kalimat ”Fold in flour and baking
”Jangan khawatir. Saya akan powder.” adalah langkah ketiga,
menjemputmu.”. Kalimat ini digunakan sehingga ini dilakukan setelah (after)
untuk memberi jasa (giving a service). langkah kedua kalimat ”. . . . Stir eggs
6. D. Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Harap tidak and sugar into it.”, atau sebelum
berenang di sini. Berbahaya.”. Kalimat (before) langkah keempat ”Pour the
ini bertujuan untuk memperingatkan mixture into large greased roasting
(to warn) pengunjung untuk tidak tin.”. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai
berenang. adalah (C) yang berarti kegiatan
7. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Try menambahkan tepung dan bubuk
eating at least every four hours . . . .”. pengembang kue dilakukan setelah
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah menambahkan telur dan gula (after
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. we add eggs and sugar). Pilihan
8. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir, yaitu sesuai dengan isi teks.
”Try eating . . . at least 1 hour after 13. A. Pada daftar bahan (Ingredients)
waking up.” yang artinya ”Cobalah tertulis bahwa gula yang dibutuhkan
makan . . . minimal 1 jam setelah sebanyak 9 ons. Gula sebanyak 8 ons
bangun tidur.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) sudah dicampurkan dengan telur
yang artinya makanlah makan siang, pada langkah pertama (kalimat
bukan makan pagi, tidak sesuai ”Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until
dengan kalimat ”Eat breakfast!”.

thick.”). Jadi, gula yang tersisa dan 19. D. Yang dimaksud dengan ’mixture’
ditaburkan di atas campuran (campuran) di sini adalah campuran
sebanyak 1 ons. bahan-bahan yang telah dijelaskan
14. C. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat pada langkah pertama sampai
soal adalah adverb yang menunjuk- keempat, yaitu telur, susu, dan keju.
kan urutan, sehingga pilihan jawaban Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
(C) benar. karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
15. B. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat 20 C. ”. . ., spread salt and pepper.” adalah
soal berbentuk adverb yang langkah kesembilan. Jadi, kegiatan ini
menjelaskan cara karena dilakukan setelah langkah kedelapan,
menerangkan kata kerja ’do’. Jadi, yaitu ”Cook both sides.”. Pilihan
pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
secara hati-hati benar. sesuai dengan isi teks.
16. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks
prosedur yang menjelaskan kepada B. Esai
kita tentang cara membuat sesuatu
(to tell us how to make something). Chocolate Milkshake Recipe
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Ingredients:
Pilihan jawaban (A) tujuan teks ● vanilla ice cream
descriptive, (C) tujuan teks narrative, ● milk
dan (D) tujuan teks recount. ● about 50 chocolate cookies
17. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena Procedure:
spatula atau sudip merupakan utensil 1. Put a few scoops of ice cream into the
atau alat, dan bukannya ingredient blender.
(bahan). 2. Blend with enough milk to make the mixture
18. B. ”Add mild and . . . .” merupakan thick, but fairly liquid.
langkah ketiga yang dilakukan setelah 3. Add the remaining ingredients and blend.
langkah kedua, yaitu ”Whisk the egg Serves: 4
into a bowl.”. Pilihan jawaban yang Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan Students Grade VII.
isi teks.

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk procedure yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan
listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/
paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases
dalam teks.
Text 1
Fried Eggs
Ingredients:
● 2 teaspoons of butter (or olive oil)
● 2 or 3 large eggs, depending on appetite
● salt and pepper to taste
Equipment:
● a small frying pan
● a spatula
● gas ring, at medium heat
Method:
1. First, melt the butter in the pan over medium heat.
2. Then, crack open the eggs into the pan and let fry until the yolks begin to harden at the edges
(indicated by a lightening in the yolk color).
3. Using the spatula, flip the eggs over and allow to cook ten seconds for over-easy, or up to one
minute for over-hard.
4. Finally, add salt and pepper to taste, and serve.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII.
Text 2
Cucumber Salad
Ingredients:
● 2 large cucumbers ● 10 baby carrots
● 15 cherry tomatoes ● 4 pepperoncini peppers
● ¼ red onion ● ½ green bell pepper
● ½ red bell pepper ● 4 ounces feta cheese
● 2 tablespoons olive oil ● 6 tablespoons red wine vinegar
● ½ lemon juice ● 1 pinch salt
● 1 pinch pepper ● 1 teaspoon dried oregano
Directions:
1. Slice all vegatables in desired bite-sized chunks.
2. Toss veggies in a large bowl.
3. Add wet ingredients.
4. Add salt, pepper and dried oregano.
5. Fold in feta cheese.
6. Can be eaten right away, but tastes great after it sits for a bit!
7. Finally, enjoy it.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/cucumber-salad-389711>

Text 3
String of Stars
Supplies needed:
● construction paper (red, white and blue)
● printer (optional)
● scissors
● string or yarn (red, white or blue)
● a stapler, tape, or glue
1. Print out the star template or just draw a large star on a piece of
paper.
2. Cut out the star and decorate it if you like.
Staple, tape or
Fold tip over glue here
3. Fold over one tip of the star.

Staple, tape, or glue the star to a length
of string.
4. Make many stars and attach them to the

string. Leave some extra string at the
edges for hanging.
5. Now, you can decorate any area with
a patriotic flair!
Source: September 19, 2008 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/stringofstars/>

meminta fakta. Di antara keempat pilihan
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
jawaban, yang merupakan ungkapan
meminta fakta adalah (D) yang artinya apa
1. Winda : What do you think of my father’s
yang sedang kamu bawa.
car?
Delon : ________. 4. Mr. Candra : Do you like this mobile phone?
A. Please drive the car Indah : Of course, I do. It’s the one
B. Drive the car carefully I have been looking for, Dad.
C. I think it’s very nice Who are talking in the dialog?
D. I’ll tell you the truth A. A teacher and a student.
Jawaban: C B. A brother and a sister.
Kalimat Winda merupakan kalimat yang C. A seller and a buyer.
menanyakan pendapat seseorang. D. A father and a daughter.
Respons yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebut Jawaban: D
adalah ungkapan menyatakan pendapat, Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara Pak
yaitu pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan jawaban Candra dan Indah. Indah memanggil Pak
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan Candra dengan sebutan ’Dad’. Dad
(B) mengungkapkan permintaan untuk merupakan sebutan untuk ayah. Jadi,
melakukan sesuatu, sedangkan pilihan dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang bercakap-
jawaban (D) menyatakan kebenaran. cakap adalah seorang ayah dan anak
perempuan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
2. Rinda : I am very thirsty. ________
salah.
Ika : Sure. Let me get it for you.
A. May I have a glass of water, please? 5. Teacher : Why do you come late? The
B. I don’t bring money to buy a drink. class has been started a few
C. I don’t like plain water. minutes ago.
D. Is there anything I can do for you? Rendy : I do apologize, Sir. I’ve got a flat
Jawaban: A tire.
Rinda menyatakan bahwa ia sangat haus Where does the dialog take place?
(kalimat ”I am very thirsty.”). Kalimat yang A. In a classroom.
tepat mengikutinya adalah kalimat untuk B. At home.
meminta sesuatu, yaitu pilihan jawaban (A) C. In a town hall.
yang artinya bolehkah saya minta segelas D. In a park.
air. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena Jawaban: A
bukan merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai. Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru dan
muridnya yang datang terlambat. Dalam
3. Fanty : ________?
percakapan tersebut guru berkata, ”The
Dido : I am bringing a notebook.
class has been started a few minutes ago.”.
A. What’s your opinion of this notebook
Jadi, dapat dipastikan percakapan tersebut
B. Can you give me a notebook
terjadi di ruang kelas (in a classroom).
C. Do you like a notebook
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
D. What are you bringing
Jawaban: D 6. You find this notice at the gate of
Kalimat Dido merupakan ungkapan a housing complex.
memberi fakta. Jadi, kalimat yang sesuai
diucapkan Fanty adalah ungkapan ACCESS FOR
RESIDENTS ONLY

It means that only the ________ who 8. What is the purpose of the text?
own the houses at the housing complex A. To congratulate someone.
can go there. B. To greet someone.
A. security guards B. participants C. To express sympathy.
C. people D. guests D. To express gratitude.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: D
Jawaban: C Kartu ucapan tersebut artinya ”Terima
Peringatan tersebut artinya memiliki arti kasih berada di sana, selalu menceriakan
bahwa hanya orang-orang yang memiliki dan membesarkan hati saya.”. Jadi, tujuan
rumah di kompleks tersebut yang dapat kartu ucapan tersebut adalah untuk
melalui jalan tersebut. Hal ini dapat juga menyatakan rasa terima kasih. Pilihan
disimpulkan dari kata ’resident’ yang jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
artinya orang-orang yang menghuni/ (A) artinya untuk memberi ucapan selamat
memiliki rumah di perumahan itu (people kepada seseorang, (B) artinya untuk
who own the houses at the housing menyapa seseorang, dan (C) artinya untuk
complex). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. menunjukkan simpati.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya petugas
9. “Always, cheering and encouraging me”
keamanan, (B) artinya peserta, dan
The word ‘cheer’ has an opposite meaning
(D) artinya tamu.
to ________.
7. The following notice is found on a chocolate A. please
wrap. B. amuse
C. sadden
KEEP OUR WORLD CLEAN D. disappoint
Jawaban: C
Kata ’cheer’ artinya menceriakan. Kata
After you have enjoyed the chocolate,
tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata
where should you throw the wrap?
’sadden’ yang artinya membuat sedih.
A. Into a pocket. B. Into a recycle bin.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
C. Into a bag. D. To the ground.
jawaban (A) dan (B) artinya
Jawaban: B
menyenangkan, sedangkan (D) artinya
Peringatan tersebut artinya ’Jagalah
mengecewakan.
kebersihan bumi kita’. Itu berarti setelah
makan cokelat, kita seharusnya membuang Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
bungkus cokelat di tempat sampah (into a Peter is the youngest in our family. He
recycle bin). Pilihan jawaban yang lain is fourteen years old and four years younger
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks than me. He has long, straight hair, bright
kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya di eyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he is
dalam saku, (C) artinya di dalam tas, dan rather naughty at home, but he usually does
(D) artinya di tanah. what he is asked to do.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. Peter is interested in sports very much,
and at school he plays football and tennis.
He is the best badminton player in our
family.
10. What is the text mostly about?
A. Peter.
B. Peter’s hobby.
C. Peter’s family.
D. Peter’s elder brother.
Source: August 5, 2009 <http://
www.sportskids.com//giftcard/
200 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

Jawaban: A olahraga’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tidak menyukai
menjelaskan tentang Peter. Paragraf olahraga, (C) artinya sangat membenci
pertama menjelaskan ciri-ciri fisik dan olahraga, dan (D) artinya mendapati
sifat-sifat Peter. Paragraf kedua olahraga tidak benar-benar menghibur.
menjelaskan kegemaran Peter.
11. From the text we know that Peter is
Things you’ll need:
________.
● a blender
A. the writer’s youngest brother
B. the writer’s elder brother Ingredients:
C. a naughty boy ● 1 avocado (ripe)
D. a friendly boy ● 500 ml cold milk
Jawaban: A ● 250 ml cold water
Dalam kalimat pertama dan kedua ● 150 grams sugar
paragraf pertama terdapat kalimat ”Peter is ● 3–5 drops vanilla essence
the youngest in our family. He is fourteen Steps:
years old and four years younger than 1. Peel the avocado and remove seed.
me.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Peter 2. Put the pulp of the avocado along with the
adalah saudara laki-laki penulis yang sugar in a blender, and blend well.
paling bungsu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain 3. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. and blend for 1 minute.
12. Based on the text we know that the 4. Garnish and serve.
writer is ________ years old. Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.wikihow.com/
A. fourteen B. sixteen Make-Avocado-Juice>
C. eighteen D. nineteen 14. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: C A. To describe avocadoes.
Kalimat kedua paragraf satu menyatakan B. To describe avocado juice.
”He is fourteen years old and four years C. To inform the function of a blender.
younger than me.” yang artinya ”Ia (Peter) D. To tell the steps of making avocado
berusia 14 tahun dan 4 tahun lebih muda juice.
dari saya (penulis).”. Jadi, usia penulis Jawaban: D
adalah 14 + 4 = 18 (eighteen). Pilihan Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure,
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak yang menjelaskan cara membuat jus
sesuai dengan teks. alpukat, yang disimpulkan dari kata ’Steps’
13. “Peter is interested in sports very yang artinya ’Langkah-langkah’. Jadi,
much, and at school he plays football tujuan teks tersebut adalah menjelaskan
and tennis.” langkah-langkah membuat jus alpukat.
The underlined phrase can be replaced Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
by ________. 15. The following are the ingredients that you
A. dislikes sport need to make avocado juice, except
B. really likes sport ________.
C. hates sport very much A. an unripe avocado
D. finds sport not really entertaining B. cold milk
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 C. cold water
Jawaban: B D. vanilla essence
Frasa yang digarisbawahi artinya ’sangat Jawaban: A
tertarik pada olahraga’. Frasa tersebut Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk
artinya sama dengan ’really likes sport’ membuat jus alpukat adalah alpukat
yang artinya ’benar-benar menyukai mentah (unripe avocado). Untuk membuat

jus alpukat dibutuhkan alpukat matang, 18. Why are a balanced diet, exercise and rest
bukan mentah. Hal itu sesuai dengan good for our mental health?
bahan pertama yang disebutkan, yaitu A. They build our confidence.
”1 avocado (ripe)”. Pilihan jawaban yang B. They help us identify our abilities.
lain salah karena merupakan bahan-bahan C. They help us reduce stress and enjoy
yang diperlukan seperti yang tertulis dalam life.
tahap ’Ingredients’. D. They help us manage our stress.
Jawaban: C
16. Where do you put the pulp of the avocado?
Jawaban dapat diketahui dari tips kedua,
A. In a glass. B. In a blender.
yaitu kalimat ”A balanced diet, exercise
C. In a bowl. D. In a microwave.
and rest can help you reduce stress and
Jawaban: B
enjoy life.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
Jawaban diketahui dari langkah kedua
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
”Put the pulp of the avocado along with the
sugar in a blender . . . .”. Jadi, pilihan 19. “However, learn how to deal with them.”
jawaban (B) benar. What does the bold-typed word refer to?
A. The stressors.
17. “Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,
B. The stress.
and blend for 1 minute.” (Step 3)
C. Families.
The bold-typed word has a similar meaning
D. Friends.
to ________.
Jawaban: A
A. solution B. granule
Kata ’them’ dalam kalimat tersebut
C. mixture D. substance
mengacu pada kata benda yang telah
Jawaban: D
disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,
Kata ’essence’ dan ’substance’ memiliki
yaitu ’stressors’ (hal-hal yang
arti yang sama, yaitu ’intisari’. Pilihan
menimbulkan ketegangan) pada kalimat
”We all have stressors in our lives.”.
(A) artinya larutan, (B) artinya butir/biji, dan
(C) artinya campuran.
tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
5 Tips for Mental Health
I live in a flat near my school. My house is
1. Build confidence. designed for four member family. We have
Identify your abilities and weaknesses a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms,
together. Accept them, build on them and a lavatory and a bathroom. In the front door
do the best with what you have. there is a peephole.
2. Eat right, keep fit. Opposite the front door is the living room.
A balanced diet, exercise and rest can It also becomes our family room. There are two
help you reduce stress and enjoy life. carpets, two armchairs and two stools, a coffee
3. Make time for family and friends. table, a table for old record, seven beautiful
These relationships need to be nurtured; flowers and four pictures in it. In the living room
if taken for granted, they will not be there there are also a TV set, a great mirror and two
to share life’s joys and sorrows. table lamps. Near the living room there are
4. Manage stress. a lavatory and a bathroom with two washers,
We all have stressors in our lives. a great mirror, a sink and a bath tub. There is
However, learn how to deal with them. a passage from the living room to the kitchen.
5. Learn to be at peace with yourself. In the kitchen there are a carpet, a table,
Get to know who you are, what makes you four chairs, a rubbish bin, flowers and a fridge.
really happy, and learn to balance what you In this room I also put many cooking utensils,
can and cannot change about yourself. such as plates, knives, spoons, forks, etc. In my
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.cmha.ca/bins/
bedroom there is a computer on the computer
content_page.asp?cid=4-42-214>

table. Besides, there are also a TV set, stereo Jawaban: B
and hi-fi systems, a bed for me, a table and Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu
a great bookcase. pada tempat yang telah disebutkan pada
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referaty- kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ruang tamu (the
seminarky.sk/description-of-my-house/> living room) pada kalimat ”Opposite the
20. What is the text about? front door is the living room.”. Pilihan
A. The writer’s school. jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
B. The writer’s house. sesuai dengan isi teks.
C. The writer’s family.
D. The writer’s room.
Jawaban: B A Paper Boat
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut Material:
menjelaskan rumah penulis (the writer’s ● A4 paper
house). Hal itu juga didukung kalimat- Steps:
kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu ”I live in a flat 1. Take a sheet of paper of the size A4
near my school. My house is designed for (8½" u 11"). Fold the upper half down.
four member family.”. 2. Find the center line by folding the left side
21. Where is the bathroom? on the right side and by unfolding.
A. Near the kitchen. 3. Fold downward both upper triangles.
B. Behind the kitchen. 4. At the bottom fold the top strip upward.
C. Near the living room. 5. Fold the two small triangles on the left and
D. Behind the dining room. on the right backwards to make them
Jawaban: C disappear.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima 6. Turn the paper over and fold the other
paragraf dua, yaitu ”Near the living room lower strip upwards. You have formed the
there are a lavatory and a bathroom . . . .”. well known hat.
Jadi, kamar mandi berada di dekat ruang 7. Turn the hat 90 degrees and open it. The
tamu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah thumbs must be inside. Lay the upper and
karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. the lower parts on each other.
8. Fold the lower front triangle upwards.
22. Which of the following statements is NOT
9. Turn the paper over and fold up the other
TRUE according to the text?
lower triangle. You get a hat without
A. The peephole is in the front door.
a brim.
B. There is a passage from the living
10. Open the hat again and put the upper part
room to the bathroom.
on the lower one.
C. There is a great mirror in the bathroom.
11. Pull the upper corners of the triangles both
D. The computer is in the writer’s bedroom.
to the right and left. The paper boat is
Jawaban: B
finished!
Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
12. Stretch the boat both to the right and left,
adalah adanya lorong antara ruang tamu
and then separate it slightly from
dan kamar mandi. Hal itu tidak sesuai
underneath so it can float.
dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua
Source: August 30, 2009 <http://educ.queensu.ca/~fmc/
”There is a passage from the living room to june2003/PaperShip.html>
the kitchen.”. Jadi, lorong berada di antara
ruang tamu dan dapur. 24. What is the text about?
A. A boat.
23. “. . . seven beautiful flowers and four B. A nice paper boat.
pictures in it.” (Paragraph 2) C. How to make paper.
What does the bold-typed word refer to? D. How to make a paper boat.
A. The house. B. The living room.
C. The kitchen. D. The bathroom.

Jawaban: D pusat/tengah, (C) artinya pojok, dan
Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure (D) artinya puncak.
karena berisi ’Material’ (bahan) dan ’Steps’
(langkah-langkah). Teks tersebut Read the text and answer questions 28 and 29.
menjelaskan cara membuat perahu kertas How to Use a Fire Extinguisher
(how to make a paper boat). Hal itu juga 1 2 3
dikuatkan dengan kalimat pada langkah
kesebelas, yaitu ”The paper boat is
finished!”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Picture source: www.globalsecurity
25. What should you do to make the small Hold upright. Start back 8 Squeeze the
triangles in the bottom disappear? Pull the ring feet. Aim at the lever. Sweep
A. Fold them backwards. pin. base of fire. side to side.
B. Fold them upwards.
C. Turn them over. 28. What is the purpose of the text?
D. Open them upwards. A. To tell how to extinguish fire.
Jawaban: A B. To tell how to use a fire extinguisher.
Dalam langkah kelima dinyatakan ”Fold C. To describe a fire extinguisher.
the two small triangles on the left and on D. To persuade people to use a fire
the right backwards to make them extinguisher.
disappear.”. Jadi, yang dilakukan supaya Jawaban: B
segitiga kecil di bagian bawah tidak terlihat Teks tersebut merupakan manual yang
adalah dengan melipatnya ke arah menjelaskan cara menggunakan
sebaliknya (fold them backwards). Pilihan pemadam api (how to use a fire
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban extinguisher). Hal itu diketahui dari judul
(B) artinya melipat segitiga kecil ke atas, teks (How to Use a Fire Extinguisher) yang
(C) artinya membalik segitiga kecil diikuti langkah-langkah pemakaiannya.
tersebut, dan (D) artinya membuka Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
segitiga kecil tersebut ke atas. 29. “Squeeze the lever.” (Step 3)
26. “. . . and open it.” (Step 7) What does the bold-typed word mean?
The bold-typed word refers to ________. A. Hold firmly. B. Pull firmly.
A. the paper B. the boat C. Push firmly. D. Press firmly.
C. the hat D. the triangle Jawaban: D
Jawaban: C Kata ’squeeze’ artinya ’tekan dengan kuat’
Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu (press firmly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
pada benda yang telah disebutkan pada salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
klausa sebelumnya, yaitu hat (topi) pada memegang dengan kuat, (B) artinya
klausa ”Turn the hat 90 degrees . . . .”. menarik dengan kuat, dan (C) artinya
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena mendorong dengan kuat.
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Read the text and answer questions 30 to 33.
27. “You get a hat without a brim.” (Step 9) Stevie Wonder
The bold-typed word has a similar meaning One of my favorite musicians is Stevie
to ________. Wonder. He is a singer, a song writer,
A. border B. center a multi-instrumentalist and a record producer.
C. corner D. top He is a man who speaks to anyone’s soul
Jawaban: A and spirit. There are many great characteristics
Kata ’brim’ dan ’border’ memiliki arti yang of this man. But, there are two key aspects of
sama, yaitu pinggir. Pilihan jawaban yang Stevie Wonder that need description, i.e. his
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya personality and his music.

Stevie Wonder has got the triumph through Jawaban: C
hardship. As do most of us, Stevie Wonder has Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
been through great trials and tribulations on his adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
path of life. He is blind and is never able to fully Stevie Wonder tidak dapat memainkan alat
enjoy the beauty of the world around him. musik. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
However, he then triumphs over this adversity. kedua paragraf satu ”He is . . . a multi-
He uses his ability as a gifted musician to grace instrumentalist . . . .”. Seorang
us with his masterpieces. This can tell us a lot instrumentalist berarti orang yang mampu
about a man who has the strength to carry on. memainkan alat musik. Pilihan jawaban
It is not easy to write and sing a song in such yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks.
a condition. However, he can prove that he can Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
do both, to write and to sing. kelima paragraf tiga, (B) sesuai dengan
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (D)
<http://www.exampleessays.com/viewpaper/97479.html> sesuai dengan kalimat keenam paragraf
30. Who is Stevie Wonder? tiga.
A. He is an actor. 33. “However, he then triumphs over this
B. He is an athlete. adversity.” (Paragraph 3)
C. He is a musician. The opposite meaning of the bold-typed
D. He is a dancer. word is ________.
Jawaban: C A. difficulty B. fortune
Stevie Wonder adalah seorang musisi. Hal C. triumph D. failure
itu diketahui dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu Jawaban: B
”One of my favorite musicians is Stevie Kata ’adversity’ memiliki arti ’kemalangan’.
Wonder.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. kata ’fortune’ yang artinya keberuntungan.
31. Why can’t Stevie Wonder enjoy the beauty Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
of the world around him? jawaban (A) artinya kesukaran, (C) artinya
A. He is deaf. B. He is blind. keberhasilan, dan (D) artinya kegagalan.
C. He is deaf-mute. D. He is paralyzed.
Jawaban: B
Dalam kalimat ketiga paragraf tiga How to Show the Rusting of a Metal
disebutkan ”He is blind and is never able Materials:
to fully enjoy the beauty of the world ● a coarse steel wool pad
around him.”. Jadi, Stevie Wonder tidak ● a 10-ounce plastic glass
dapat menikmati keindahan dunia di ● 1 tablespoon vinegar
sekitarnya karena ia buta (he is blind). Steps:
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan 1. Place the steel wool in the glass.
jawaban (A) artinya ia tuli, (C) artinya ia 2. Pour the vinegar over the steel wool.
bisu-tuli, dan (D) artinya ia lumpuh. 3. Observe the color of the steel wool
32. Which of the following statements is NOT immediately, and then periodically for 2 or
TRUE about Stevie Wonder? more hours.
A. Stevie Wonder is a talented musician. 4. The steel wool is silvery in color at the
B. Stevie Wonder has got his success beginning of the experiment. As time
through hardship. passes, parts of the steel wool have
C. Stevie Wonder cannot play some a reddish brown color.
musical instruments. Source: Science through the Ages
D. Stevie Wonder is a man who has the 34. What do you pour over the steel wool?
strength to carry on. A. Water. B. A steel wool pad.
C. Vinegar. D. A plastic glass.

Jawaban: C Read the text and answer questions 38 to 42.
Yang dituang di atas wol baja adalah cuka My school is one of the most famous
(vinegar). Hal itu sesuai dengan langkah schools in our locality. It has a glorious past.
kedua ”Pour the vinegar over the steel It is a very big school with a number of 1,000
wool.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah students and 40 teachers. My school is located
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. at the heart of the city.
35. How should you observe the color of the My school consists of open spaces,
steel wool? an auditorium, a prayer hall, a big library and
A. Immediately and periodically. separate laboratories for physics, chemistry
B. Slowly and periodically. and biology. There is a computer-learning
C. Immediately and once. center attached to the school. We have a vast
D. Slowly and once. playground and it is regarded as one of the
Jawaban: A biggest playgrounds in our town.
Dalam langkah ketiga dijelaskan ”Observe The principal and the teachers are highly
the color of the steel wool immediately and educated and dedicated to the education.
then periodically for 2 or more hours.”. Hence, a high level of discipline is maintained.
Jadi, warna wol baja seharusnya diamati Our school always wants to impart the best
dengan cepat dan pada waktu-waktu possible education to the students. We have
tertentu (immediately and periodically). a parent-teacher association, an interaction
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena club and an alumni association. All of them
tidak sesuai dengan teks. function well.
Adapted from: October 6, 2009 <http://langcafe.net/
36. What is the color of the steel wool as time ?p=131>
passes?
38. The school is situated ________.
A. Silver.
A. at the center of the city
B. Red.
B. far from the city center
C. Brown.
C. at the outskirts of the city
D. Reddish brown.
D. near the city center
Jawaban: D
Jawaban: A
Setelah waktu berjalan, wol baja yang
Dalam kalimat terakhir paragraf satu
pada awal percobaan berwarna keperakan
dinyatakan ”My school is located at the
berubah menjadi cokelat kemerahan
heart of the city.”. Frasa ’heart of the city’
(reddish brown). Hal itu diketahui dari
artinya sama dengan ’center of the city’,
langkah keempat ”As time passes, parts of
yaitu pusat atau jantung kota. Pilihan
the steel wool have a reddish brown
color.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
(B) artinya jauh dari pusat kota, (C) artinya
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
di pinggiran kota, dan (D) artinya di dekat
37. “Materials: a coarse steel wool pad” pusat kota.
The opposite meaning of the bold-typed
39. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
word is ________.
A. The number of students in the school.
A. harsh B. smooth
B. The location of the school.
C. hard D. fluid
C. The buildings in the school.
Jawaban: B
D. Highly educated teachers.
Kata ’coarse’ artinya kasar. Kata tersebut
Jawaban: C
berlawanan makna dengan kata ’smooth’
Secara keseluruhan, paragraf dua
yang artinya lembut. Pilihan jawaban yang
menjelaskan jenis-jenis bangunan di
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
kasar, (C) artinya keras, dan (D) artinya
Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) terdapat dalam
tidak tetap atau berubah-ubah.
paragraf satu, sedangkan (D) terdapat
dalam paragraf tiga.

40. The following statements are TRUE For questions 43 to 46, choose the correct
according to the text, except ________. words to complete the following text.
A. the school is famous in the city My best friend is John. Although he is
B. there are three separate laboratories (43) ________ a different class, we are best
in the school friends. John is very friendly and intelligent. He
C. a high level of discpline is maintained is also a responsible one. As the captain of his
in the school class, the teachers (44) ________ him with
D. the parent-teacher association does many important tasks. He always
not function well (45) ________ his work well. His favorite
Jawaban: D subject at school is English. He can speak
Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks English (46) ________.
adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya
organisasi orang tua dan guru tidak 43. A. in
berfungsi dengan baik. Hal itu tidak sesuai B. on
dengan kalimat keempat dan kelima C. behind
paragraf tiga, yaitu ”We have a parent- D. beside
teacher association, an interaction club and Jawaban: A
an Alumni association. All of them function Preposisi yang tepat untuk mendahului
well.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah keterangan tempat ’a different class’ adalah
karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban ’in’ yang artinya ’di dalam’ (kelas yang
(A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf berbeda). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
paragraf dua, dan (C) sesuai dengan 44. A. trust
kalimat kedua paragraf tiga. B. trusts
41. “. . . and it is regarded as one of the C. trusted
biggest play grounds in our town.” D. trusting
(Paragraph 2) Jawaban: A
What does the bold-typed word refer to? Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the
A. The school. B. The playground. simple present tense dan subjek kalimat
C. The auditorium. D. The library. tersebut berbentuk jamak, yaitu the
Jawaban: B teachers (para guru), sehingga kata kerja
Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat
pada tempat yang disebutkan pada klausa tersebut adalah trust. Pilihan jawaban
sebelumnya, yaitu ’playground’ (taman yang lain salah.
bermain) pada klausa ”We have a vast 45. A. do
playground . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang B. does
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan C. did
konteks kalimat. D. doing
42. “Our school always wants to impart the best Jawaban: B
possible education . . . .” (Paragraph 3) Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the
The bod-typed word has a similar meaning simple present tense dan subjek kalimat
to ________. tersebut berupa kata ganti orang ketiga
A. take B. get tunggal, yaitu he, sehingga kata kerja yang
C. put D. give tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut
Jawaban: D adalah does. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Kata ’impart’ dan ’give’ memiliki arti yang salah.
sama, yaitu memberi. Pilihan jawaban 46. A. beautifully
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) B. loudly
artinya mengambil, (B) artinya C. calmly
memperoleh, dan (C) artinya menaruh. D. fluently

Jawaban: D (2) There are many shops with souvenirs
Kata keterangan cara (adverb of manner) and postcards in Greece. But the best
yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi frasa about Greece is ice cream, which they
’berbicara dalam bahasa Inggris’ adalah have in many flavors.
fluently (dengan lancar). Pilihan jawaban (3) My favorite place for a holiday is Greece.
yang lain salah; (A) artinya dengan indah, (4) The capital of Greece, Athens, is
(B) artinya dengan keras, dan (C) artinya a very pretty city. It has a historical
dengan tenang. building named Acropola.
(5) Besides famous historical buildings,
For questions 47 and 48, rearrange the Greece has also beautiful beaches.
following words into a good sentence. The beaches are small and stony, but
47. the – off – of – keep – reach – children the seas are clean. The weather is
1 2 3 4 5 6 very hot, it almost doesn’t rain there.
(6) It is situated in the south Europe.
The acceptable arrangement of the
(7) They all look delicious and you can’t
jumbled words above is ________.
resist.
A. 4–2–1–6–3–5 B. 4–2–3–5–1–6
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referaty-
C. 4–2–1–5–3–6 D. 4–2–3–6–1–5 seminarky.sk/greece—my-ideal-place-for-a-holiday/>
Jawaban: C
Which one is the best arrangement to
Susunan kata yang tepat adalah ”Keep off
make a good text?
the reach of children” yang artinya
A. (3)–(6)–(5)–(1)–(7)–(2)–(4)
”Jauhkan dari jangkauan anak-anak”.
B. (3)–(6)–(2)–(7)–(4)–(5)–(1)
C. (3)–(6)–(4)–(7)–(5)–(2)–(1)
tidak membentuk kalimat yang logis.
D. (3)–(6)–(4)–(1)–(5)–(2)–(7)
48. come – health – hope – out – soon – you – Jawaban: D
1 2 3 4 5 6 Susunan kalimat yang tepat adalah:
good – with – we (3) Tempat favorit saya untuk liburan
7 8 9 adalah Yunani; (6) Yunani terletak di
The correct arrangement of the jumbled bagian selatan Eropa; (4) Ibu kota Yunani,
words above is ________. Atena, merupakan kota yang sangat indah.
A. 9–3–6–1–4–8–7–2–5 Kota itu memiliki bangunan bersejarah
B. 9–3–8–7–2–5–6–1–4 yang bernama Acropola; (1) Bangunan
C. 9–3–6–7–2–8–1–4–5 tersebut sangat besar dan indah. Di dalam
D. 9–3–5–8–7–2–6–1–4 Acropola terdapat patung dewa Atena,
Jawaban: A yaitu Perthenon; (5) Selain bangunan
Susunan kata yang tepat adalah ”We hope bersejarah terkenal, Yunani memiliki pantai
you come out with good health soon” yang yang indah. Pantai tersebut kecil dan
artinya ”Kami berharap kamu segera berbatu, tetapi lautnya bersih. Udara
sembuh”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan sangat panas, hampir tidak ada hujan di
ucapan semoga cepat sembuh dalam get sana; (2) Ada banyak toko yang menjual
well card. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah cinderamata dan kartu pos di Yunani.
karena tidak membentuk kalimat yang Namun, yang terbaik di Yunani adalah es
logis. krim dengan berbagai rasa; (7) Es krim
tersebut tampak sangat lezat dan kamu
For questions 49 and 50, rearrange the tidak dapat menahan keinginan untuk
following sentences into a good text. mencicipinya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
49. (1) The building is very big and beautiful. salah karena bukan merupakan urutan
In the Acropola there is a temple of kalimat yang tepat.
god Pallas Athena, i.e. Perthenon.

50. 4. Mix the noodles well with all of the
seasoning.
5. Cook the noodles and simmer for
3 minutes.
A. 4–3–5–1–2
1 2 B. 2–1–5–3–4
C. 3–5–1–4–2
D. 1–5–3–4–2
Jawaban: D
Kalimat-kalimat soal merupakan petunjuk/
prosedur memasak mi sesuai gambar
3 4 yang tersedia. Berdasarkan gambar, dapat
diketahui bahwa urutan cara memasak mi
Arrange these sentences based on the yang benar adalah: (1) masukkan mi ke
pictures above to make cooking dalam dua gelas air yang mendidih
instructions. dengan cepat; (5) Masak mi dan rebus
1. Put noodles into 2 glasses of selama 3 menit; (3) Masukkan bumbu,
briskly boiling water. minyak sayur, dan bubuk cabe ke dalam
2. Your delicious noodles are ready to mangkuk; (4) Aduk mi dengan baik dengan
be served. semua bumbu; (2) Mi yang lezat siap
3. Put the seasoning, vegetables oil disajikan.
and chilli powder in a bowl.

Aguestien, H.I.R., Bachtiar B.M., Joko S., Yuniarti D.A. 2008. New Let’s Talk Grade VII for Junior
High School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:
Prentice hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Curry, Dean. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: The Material Branch.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Indonesia–Inggris. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
______. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Richard, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Seaton, A., Mew, Y.H. 2002. English Grammar for Students. Learners Publishing Pte Ltd.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications
Pte, Ltd.
Teo, Kristine. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages. Singapore: Postkid.cmPte Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Wiese, J. 2000. Head to Toe Science. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
210 LatihanPustaka
Daftar Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Copyright © 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,

Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi

Klaten, November 2009

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 iii

Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 v

UNIT 1 Descriptives 29– 74

UNIT 2 Descriptives 75–118

Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 119–130

UNIT 3 Procedures 131–198

Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas 199–209

Daftar Pustaka 210

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

6. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

8. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan

berinteraksi 4. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your • Buku-buku

5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the

10. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the

11. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

8. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

13. Menulis kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write sentences

14. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Look at the

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

5. Menyimak percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Listen to your

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the

8. Mengingat kembali • Tes lisan • Uraian • Recall the names

9. Mencari arti kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • The words below

10. Menjodohkan • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the

5. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your

6. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

12. Menentukan apakah • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

9. Secara berpasangan, • Tes tulis • Isian • Work in pairs.

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

11. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

4. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

7.2 Merespons 6. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following

Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to the

4. Melengkapi teks yang • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your

5. Menjawab pernyataan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the